This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0020]
Product DescriptionEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical line of Contactors and Starters is the result of a substantial engineering, manufacturing and marketing effort involving extensive customer input, combined with new advances in solid-state technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical products have greatly increased functionality, significantly reduced size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC control. The exclusive Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) control and digital microprocessor generate a minimized DC value which reduces energy to the contact block and provides the most compact system available.
Standards and Certifications■ Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA and CSA■ UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide
#NLDX — Open, UL 508■ CSA Certified: CSA File #156828,
Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95■ CSA Certified for Elevator Duty■ CE■ NEMA ICS1, ICS2, ICS5
ISO 9002 CertificationWhen you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organiza-tion (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 indus-trialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO Certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
NEMA, Size 0Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter
PublicationsPub. MN03305002E IT. NEMA Overload Relay Setup and Troubleshooting Manual
Pub. MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. MN03403002E IT. IEC Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. 50102 IT. NEMA Overload Relay Quick Setup Guide
Pub. 50140 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50150 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50160 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50170 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50180 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50141 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50151 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50161 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50171 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50181 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50142 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50152 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50162 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50172 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50182 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50143 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50153 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50163 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50173 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50183 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulfillment Center at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or find on-line at:www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com/it.
For International, call: (630) 377-9798 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.
Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)Table 33-1. IT. Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System
Note: When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the IT. Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased as separate components.
Examples: N101BS0J3A — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 0 Starter with a 10 – 32 amp overload rangeN111FS5X3N — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 5 ContactorN501DS2K3A — Full Voltage Reversing Starter with a 14 – 45 amp overload rangeN02NCXCXNN — Coil Controller 54 mmN04NBSAX3N — Contact Block Size 00
Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Tech-nologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Con-tactor by Eaton Corporation consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact Block and IT. Electro-Mechanical Coil Controller as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 4 Contact Blocks combined with Coil Controllers (factory or field assembled) are stand-alone Contactors. Only the Size 5 Contactors have internal factory assembled coil controllers.
Features■ Size 00 – 5, 9 – 270A, 2 – 200 hp,
460V■ 24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable
global standard■ Compact DC coil control — Size 00,
operating temperature■ No seal in auxiliary contacts
required — control wiring is not needed between the contactor and overload relay
■ Conformal coated PWM (coil con-troller) board for environmental toughness
■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil utilizes minimum energy
■ Microprocessor-based control■ Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting■ Highest immunity to ESD, harmonics
— minimal Total Harmonic Distortion
■ Built-in logic to provide either 2- or 3-wire control, eliminating the need to provide and wire auxiliary con-tacts to seal in and interlock the con-tactor coils
■ Easy field assembly of control wiring — plug and unplug lockable control connector
■ Optional mounting plates for Size 00 – 5.
■ Common accessories■ Long-life silver nickel and silver tin
oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion
■ Environmentally friendly materials■ Low wattage coils and minimal heat
dissipation■ Front mounted Auxiliary Contacts:
1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC and logic level
■ 2- or 3-wire control
Reversing Contactors■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring■ Mounting plates for Size 00 – 2■ Exclusive internal electronic inter-
lock for reversing■ Field installed Reversing Kits■ Unique coil controller/overload
energizes both forward and reverse contactors — one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
-5
33NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0023]
33
Product Selection
Non-reversing Contactors
When Ordering SpecifyNEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp and Non-reversing or Reversing
Note:
■ An N111 (Size 00 – 4) consists of an N04N (Contact Block) and an N02N (Coil Controller), factory assembled.
■ An N111F (Size 5) has an internal coil controller, factory assembled.
Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors 1
1 24V DC coil voltage. 2 NEMA Size 5 information is preliminary.
Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.■ Consult factory for higher ampere ratings.■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.■ Three main contacts.■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
NEMASize
Continuous Ampere Rating
Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0024]
Reversing Contactors
When Ordering SpecifyNEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, and Non-reversing or Reversing
Note:
■ An N511 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N (Contact Blocks), an N03N (FVR Coil Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning Strips and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.
■ An N511F (Size 5) consists of two N111F (Contactors), an Internal Reversing Coil Controller, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory assembled.
Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors 1
1 24V DC coil voltage. 2 NEMA Size 5 information is preliminary.
Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.■ Consult factory for higher ampere ratings.■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.■ Three main contacts.■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
NEMASize
Continuous Ampere Rating
Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz
Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Tech-nologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Starter by Eaton Corporation consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact Block or Contactor and IT. Electro-Mechanical Solid-State Overload Relay as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 5 Starters are factory or field assembled.
Features■ 24V DC control power — safe, reliable
global standard■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil
utilizes minimum energy■ Microprocessor based control■ Phase loss and current unbalance
protection■ Standard selectable Trip Class 10, 20
(factory default) or 30 — no individ-ual part numbers — no program-ming software
■ Ambient compensated■ Motor temperature and power-up
protection with thermal memory■ Front mounted auxiliary contacts■ Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting■ LED status indication — trip, trip
class, motor thermal state, reset, overload state
■ Unique “Alarm without Trip” option for critical must run applications
■ Lockable overload cover protects against unauthorized adjustment and reset functions
■ No control wiring needed between contactor and overload relay — eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts
■ Minimal heat — no full voltage coils■ -40° to 149°F (-40° – 65°C) operating
temperature■ Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range■ Exclusive internal 24-bit floating
point math calculations with RMS calibrated current measurement
■ Highest immunity to ESD, harmonics — minimal Total Harmonic Distortion
■ IP20 Finger Protection■ Motor running thermal utilization
indication■ Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset■ Easy field assembly of control
wiring — plug and unplug lockable control connector
■ DIN rail mountable, Size 00 – 2■ Communication Interface with
Starter Network Adapter Product (SNAP)
■ 2- or 3-wire control■ Solid-state alarm output indication■ Retrofit mounting plates for Cutler-
Hammer Business A200, Freedom and Advantage
■ Retrofit mounting plates for other manufacturers
■ Optional mounting plates with “Ease of Installation” slotted hole design
■ Stand-Alone Overload Relay — DIN or panel mounting
■ Type 2 Coordination■ Conformal coated PWM overload
board for environmental toughness
Reversing Starters■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring■ Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4■ Built-in electronic interlock for FVR
units■ Unique overload board energizes
both forward and reverse starters — one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter, Size 0
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter, Size 0
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-8
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0026]
Product Selection
Non-reversing Starters
When Ordering SpecifyNEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or Reversing and Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes)
Note:
■ An N101 (00 – 4) consists of an N04N (Contact Block) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled.
■ An N101 (Size 5) consists of an N111F (Contactor) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled.
Table 33-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5),1 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
1 24V DC coil voltage. 2 NEMA Size 5 information is preliminary.
Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N101BS0G3A
NEMASize
ContinuosAmpereRating
OverloadAdjustmentRange(Amperes)
Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL Horsepower(hp) 50 Hz
33NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0027]
33
Reversing Starters
When Ordering SpecifyNEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or Reversing and Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes)
Note:
■ An N501 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N (Contact Blocks), N06N (Reversing Overload Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.
■ An N501F (Size 5) consists of two N111F (Contactors), N06N (Reversing Overload Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring Harness, factory assembled.
Table 33-5. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5), 1 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
1 24V DC coil voltage.2 NEMA Size 5 information is preliminary.
Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N501BS0G3A
NEMASize
ContinuosAmpereRating
OverloadAdjustmentRange(Amperes)
Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0028]
Table 33-6. Specifications
1 Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual. 2 Non-reversing contactors and starters only.3 See Page 33-12, Life-Load Curves, for maximum operations per frame size at various amperes.4 Preliminary data.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0030]
Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization CategoriesTable 33-8. Utilization Categories
1 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running.
2 Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small move-ments of the motor driven load.
Life Load Curves — Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life per-formance. All testing has been based on requirements as found in IEC 60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When selecting a contactor, the specifier must give attention to the specific load, utilization category and the required electrical life. For a definition of Utilization Categories, see Table 33-8 above.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are con-ducted at six-times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Actual application life may vary, depending on environmental condi-tions and application duty cycle.
Contactor Choice —■ Decide what utilization category the
application is and choose the appropriate curve from Figure 33-1.
■ Locate the intersection of the life-load curve with the operational cur-rent (le) of the application, as found on the horizontal axis.
■ Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operations.
Figure 33-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category3 Preliminary data.
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors antype of electrical load and the conditions for making and breaking the current.
Category Typical Application
AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.
AC-2 Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors
AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most ind
AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging 1, inching 2 (very few applications in industry
1
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
6 129
1827
32 40 50 6590100 125
135200 250
270400
Rated Operational Current (Ie) AC-3 [A]
NEMA Size
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000
10,000
Con
tact
Life
(Num
ber
of O
pera
tions
)
45
3
d auxiliary contacts. The categories describe the
ustrial applications typically fall into this category).
are totally AC-4).
Trip Times
Figure 33-2. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves
1000.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2
416
35
10
Trip
Tim
e (S
eco
nd
s)
Trip Class 10 ColdTrip Class 10 HotTrip Class 20 ColdTrip Class 20 HotTrip Class 30 ColdTrip Class 30 Hot
Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 33-13 and 33-14, and their ratings in Tables 33-15 – 33-17. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly.
The DeviceNet Starter Network Adapter Product (DSNAP) is a front-mount device that serves as a single node on DeviceNet, providing commu-nication capability, control and moni-toring to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-mechanical Starters, as well as the S751 Soft Start, as listed in Tables 33-22 – 33-23.
The product greatly increases the func-tionality of the IT. Electromechanical Starter and S751 Soft Start with the addition of enhanced features.
The IT. DSNAP is designed for use with the same 24V DC power as the starter. A starter power sensing circuit indi-cates to the user that the starter does not have 24V DC power, signaling a fault or an E-Stop.
General Features■ Communication to DeviceNet con-
suming one DeviceNet MAC ID■ Manually set MAC ID and baud rate;
configuration using a software application is not required for normal operation
■ Advanced configuration using CH Studio software
■ Includes pre-wired starter intercon-nect cable and terminal adapter
Comprehensive Motor Data and Control■ RMS average current■ % of operating FLA■ % thermal memory■ Integral contact position detection■ Operating status and fault codes■ At speed (soft starters)■ START/STOP control■ RUN/FORWARD-REVERSE control■ Trip Reset
ApplicationIn a typical application, the DSNAP front mounts to an IT. starter or soft start. The DSNAP connects directly to DeviceNet, allowing for control and monitoring of the starter/soft start. A PC or PLC serves as the central control and scans the DSNAP for motor con-trol and monitoring information.
NEMA N101, N501
Size Continuous Ampacity Rating
00 9
0 18
1 27
2 45
3 90
4 135
5 270
S751 Soft Start
54 mm All Sizes
m
33-18
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories — DSNAP
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0036]
Table 33-24. DeviceNet Specifications
Table 33-25. DSNAP Specifications
Figure 33-7. DSNAP Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-26. Product Selection
Table 33-27. Accessories
Sample part number:When ordering a DSNAP for an S751 soft start or the E101, E111, E501, E511, N101, N111, N501, N511 IT. starters, use the D77B-DSNAPX1 part number. This part number is an assembly of the D77B-DSNAP, D77B-RJJ1 interconnect cable and the D77B-TC8 terminal adapter.
DeviceNet Connections Group 2 Master Slave Connection SetPollingBit StrobeExplicitNo UCMM
DeviceNet Baud Rate 125K, 250K, 500K
Description Specifications
Transportation/StorageTemperature -58° to 176°F (-50° to 80°C)
The QCPort Starter Network Adapter Product (CSNAP) is a front-mount device that serves as a single QCPort device, providing communication capability, control and monitoring to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electromechanical Starters, as well as the S751 Soft Start, as listed Tables 33-28 – 33-29.
The product greatly increases the func-tionality of the IT. Electromechanical Starter and S751 Soft Start with the addition of enhanced features.
The IT. QSNAP is designed for use with the same 24V DC power as the starter. A starter power sensing circuit indicates to the user that the starter does not have 24V DC power, signaling a fault or an E-Stop.
General Features■ Communication to QCPort consum-
ing a single QCPort ID■ Manually set Group ID;
configuration using a software application is not required for normal operation
■ Advanced configuration using CH Studio software
■ Includes pre-wired starter intercon-nect cable and terminal adapter
Comprehensive Motor Data and Control■ RMS average current■ % of operating FLA■ % thermal memory■ Integral contact position detection■ Operating status and fault codes■ At speed (soft starters)■ START/STOP control■ RUN/FORWARD-REVERSE control■ Trip Reset
ApplicationIn a typical application, the QSNAP front mounts to an IT. starter or soft start. The QSNAP connects directly to QCPort, allowing for control and monitoring of the starter/soft start. A PC or PLC serves as the central control, and scans the DeviceNet Adapter (D77D-DNA), retrieving the QSNAP’s motor control and monitoring information.
NEMA N101, N501
Size Continuous Ampacity Rating
00 9
0 18
1 27
2 45
3 90
4 135
5 270
S751 Soft Start
54 mm All Sizes
m
33-20
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories — QSNAP
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0038]
Table 33-30. QSNAP Specifications
Figure 33-9. QSNAP Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-31. Product Selection
Table 33-32. Accessories
Sample part number:When ordering a QSNAP for an S751 soft start or the E101, E111, E501, E511, N101, N111, N501, N511 IT. starters, use the D77B-QSNAPX1 part number. This part number is an assembly of the D77B-QSNAP, D77B-RJJ1 interconnect cable and the D77B-TC8 terminal adapter.
Description Specifications
Transportation/StorageTemperature -58° to 176°F (-50° to 80°C)
FVNR and FVR Starters 45 mm to 140 mm Terminal Adapter
D77B-TC8 46.
2.4(62)
Front
1.0(26)
1.3(32)
Side
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
21
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical Accessories — Cover Control
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0039]
33
Cover Control Products
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Cover Control products connect to the IT. Electromechanical Starters and to the IT. S751 Soft Start-ers, providing actuation control for a multitude of breaker/fusible discon-nect options, cover control options and communications capabilities. Moreover, the products extend the fea-ture set of the IT. Electromechanical Starters and IT. S751 Soft Starters.
The Cover Control product greatly increases the functionality of the IT. Electromechanical Starter and S751 Soft Starter. With the addition of four general purpose inputs and two gen-eral purpose outputs, the end result is a complete enclosed control solution for your applications.
Table 33-33. IEC Cover Control Connectivity
Table 33-34. NEMA Cover Control Connectivity
Table 33-35. S751 Cover Control Connectivity
The following Cover Control products are available:
Table 33-36. Cover Control Products
DCC – DeviceNet Cover ControlThe IT. DCC presents the motor con-troller, I/O and cover control options to DeviceNet as a single DeviceNet node. This allows the enclosed control solu-tion to be controlled and monitored from a PLC or PC based control system over DeviceNet. All the monitoring, diagnostic and control capabilities, along with the extended feature set, are available to DeviceNet.
QCC – QCPort Cover ControlThe IT. QCC provides the most cost-effective approach to integrating DeviceNet into a motor control solution using multiple IT. motor controllers and IT. D77A I/O products. The QCPort interconnect system provides a flexi-ble interconnect of the data and power for all connected devices. The D77D DeviceNet Adapter presents the com-bined data of the QCC and D77A I/O as a single DeviceNet node to a control PC or PLC.
HCC – Standard Cover ControlThe IT. HCC provides the most cost-effective approach to integrating a tra-ditional hard wired system into a cover control solution. The customer wiring includes forward, reverse, remote reset, permissive and an alarm output.
Integrated Motor Control and Cover Control■ Local indication of control and sta-
tus for motor controller■ Disconnect position control and
indication■ Local pilot devices for HOA control■ Designed for mounting within an
enclosed control solution
Integrated Field I/O■ Provides hard wire control in the
wired version (HCC)■ Provides mappable I/O for commu-
nicating versions (DCC, QCC)■ Four inputs/two outputs
Comprehensive Motor Data and Control (DCC, QCC)■ RMS average current■ % of operating FLA■ % thermal memory■ Integral contact position detection■ Operating status and fault codes■ At speed (soft starters)■ LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0040]
ApplicationIn a typical application, Cover Controls are mounted to a MCC or Enclosed Control, which is connected to a DeviceNet subnet. A PC or PLC serves as the central control of the sub-net, and scans the Cover Control for motor control and mon-itoring information.
MCC Application – IT. Cover Control provides local HOA (HAND/OFF/AUTO) with comprehensive diagnostics, moni-toring and control capabilities with enhanced starter func-tionality within a MCC.
Enclosed Control Application – IT. Cover Control provides local HOA, remote I/O (four in, two out), and comprehensive diagnostics, monitoring and control capabilities, with enhanced starter functionality.
Figure 33-10. Cover Control in a MCC
Figure 33-11. Cover Control in an Enclosed Control
ControlPC orPLC
DeviceNetDeviceNetAdapter
I/O
ControlPC orPLC
DeviceNet
M
I/O
M M
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
23
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical Accessories — Cover Control
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0041]
33
Table 33-37. Cover Control Specifications
Figure 33-12. Standard Cover Control Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-13. N1 – FVNR Reset Only Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-14. N2 – FVNR Reset and STOP Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-15. N3 – FVNR START/STOP and Reset Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-16. N4 – FVNR START/STOP/AUTO Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-17. R1 – FVR Reset Only Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-18. R2 – FVR Reset and STOP Cover Control with Indication
Description Specifications
Transportation/StorageTemperature -58° to 176°F (-50° to 80°C)
Catalog Number SelectionTable 33-58. NEMA Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
1 If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V – 24V DC.2 Power supply omitted.3 See Table 33-59, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.4 Integrated cover control for combination with HMCP/E only.
Features■ Full Voltage■ 3-Phase Electromechanical■ Solid-State Overload Relay
Product SelectionTable 33-62. Class ECT05 — IT. NEMA Non-combination Starters — Non-reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
NEMASize
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
Voltage3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
00 —200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
—1-1/21-1/221-1/2
24V DC ECT05A1QAA-_ECT05A1EAA-_ECT05A1BAA-_ECT05A1CAA-_ECT05A1LAA-_
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Starters — Non-combination
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0056]
Table 33-63. Class ECT06 — IT. NEMA Non-combination Starters — Reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
NEMASize
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
Voltage3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
Catalog Number 2
PriceU.S. $
00 —200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
—1-1/21-1/221-1/2
24V DC ECT06A1QAA-_ECT06A1EAA-_ECT06A1BAA-_ECT06A1CAA-_ECT06A1LAA-_
Product SelectionTable 33-64. Class ECT16 — IT. NEMA Fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
VoltageDis-connect
3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
CatalogNumber 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
NEMA Size 0——200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
——
33 55
24V DC 30A ECT1601QAB-_ECT1601QAC-_ECT1601EAB-_ECT1601BAB-_ECT1601CAC-_ECT1601LAC-_
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0058]
Table 33-65. Class ECT16-NF — IT. NEMA Non-fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
VoltageDis-connect
3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
NEMA Size 0—200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
—3355
24V DC 30A ECT1601QAA-_ECT1601EAA-_ECT1601BAB-_ECT1601CAA-_ECT1601LAA-_
Table 33-66. Class ECT17 — IT. NEMA Fusible Combination Starters — Reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
VoltageDis-connect
3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
NEMA Size 0——200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
——
3 3 55
24V DC 30A ECT1701QAB-_ECT1701QAC-_ECT1701EAB-_ECT1701BAB-_ECT1701CAC-_ECT1701LAC-_
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0060]
Table 33-67. Class ECT17-NF — IT. NEMA Non-fusible Combination Starters — Reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max.hp
Coil 1
VoltageDis-connect
3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
Catalog Number 2
Price U.S. $
NEMA Size 0—200/208230/240460/480380/50 Hz
—3355
24V DC 30A ECT1701QAA-_ECT1701EAA-_ECT1701BAB-_ECT1701CAA-_ECT1701LAA-_
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0061]
33
Features■ Full Voltage■ 3-Phase Electromechanical
■ Solid-State Overload Relay■ Integrated Cover Control (NEMA 1/12)
Product SelectionTable 33-68. Class ECT22 — IT. NEMA Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Non-reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max. hp
MagnetCoilVoltage1
CircuitBreakerType
3-Pole NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole NEMA 4XWatertight
3-Pole NEMA 12Dust-Tight
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 0200 1
324V DC HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15AECT2201EAC-_ECT2201EAD-_
1,145.1,145.
ECT2202EAC-_ECT2202EAD-_
1,330.1,330.
ECT2204EAC-_ECT2204EAD-_
1,870.1,870.
ECT2208EAC-_ECT2208EAD-_
1,330.1,330.
230 13
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15A
ECT2201BAC-_ECT2201BAD-_
1,145.1,145.
ECT2202BAC-_ECT2202BAD-_
1,330.1,330.
ECT2204BAC-_ECT2204BAD-_
1,870.1,870.
ECT2208BAC-_ECT2208BAD-_
1,330.1,330.
460 135
24V DC HMCPE 3AHMCPE 7AHMCPE 15A
ECT2201CAB-_ECT2201CAC-_ECT2201CAD-_
1,145.1,145.1,145.
ECT2202CAB-_ECT2202CAC-_ECT2202CAD-_
1,330.1,330.1,330.
ECT2204CAB-_ECT2204CAC-_ECT2204CAD-_
1,870.1,870.1,870.
ECT2208CAB-_ECT2208CAC-_ECT2208CAD-_
1,330.1,330.1,330.
NEMA Size 1200 1
357-1/2
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30AHMCPE 50A
ECT2211EAC-_ECT2211EAD-_ECT2211EAE-_ECT2211EAF-_
1,190.1,190.1,190.1,190.
ECT2212EAC-_ECT2212EAD-_ECT2212EAE-_ECT2212EAF-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
ECT2214EAC-_ECT2214EAD-_ECT2214EAE-_ECT2214EAF-_
1,910.1,910.1,910.1,910.
ECT2218EAC-_ECT2218EAD-_ECT2218EAE-_ECT2218EAF-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
230 1357-1/2
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30AHMCPE 50A
ECT2211BAC-_ECT2211BAD-_ECT2211BAE-_ECT2211BAF-_
1,190.1,190.1,190.1,190.
ECT2212BAC-_ECT2212BAD-_ECT2212BAE-_ECT2212BAF-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
ECT2214BAC-_ECT2214BAD-_ECT2214BAE-_ECT2214BAF-_
1,910.1,910.1,910.1,910.
ECT2218BAC-_ECT2218BAD-_ECT2218BAE-_ECT2218BAF-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
460 135
10
24V DC HMCPE 3AHMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30A
ECT2211CAB-_ECT2211CAC-_ECT2211CAD-_ECT2211CAE-_
1,190.1,190.1,190.1,190.
ECT2212CAB-_ECT2212CAC-_ECT2212CAD-_ECT2212CAE-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
ECT2214CAB-_ECT2214CAC-_ECT2214CAD-_ECT2214CAE-_
1,910.1,910.1,910.1,910.
ECT2218CAB-_ECT2218CAC-_ECT2218CAD-_ECT2218CAE-_
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
NEMA Size 2200 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2221EAF-K 1,610. ECT2222EAF-K 1,855. ECT2224EAF-K 2,705. ECT2228EAF-K 1,855.230 10
NEMA Contactors & StartersIT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0062]
Table 33-69. Class ECT23 — IT. NEMA Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Reversing
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. 2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
MotorVoltage
Max. hp
MagnetCoilVoltage1
CircuitBreakerType
3-Pole NEMA 1 General Purpose
3-Pole NEMA 3R Rainproof
3-Pole NEMA 4X Watertight
3-Pole NEMA 12 Dust-Tight
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber 2
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 0200 1
324V DC HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15AECT2301EAC-_ECT2301EAD-_
1,540.1,540.
ECT2302EAC-_ECT2302EAD-_
1,795.1,795.
ECT2304EAC-_ECT2304EAD-_
2,445.2,445.
ECT2308EAC-_ECT2308EAD-_
1,795.1,795.
230 13
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15A
ECT2301BAC-_ECT2301BAD-_
1,540.1,540.
ECT2302BAC-_ECT2302BAD-_
1,795.1,795.
ECT2304BAC-_ECT2304BAD-_
2,445.2,445.
ECT2308BAC-_ECT2308BAD-_
1,795.1,795.
460 135
24V DC HMCPE 3AHMCPE 7AHMCPE 15A
ECT2301CAB-_ECT2301CAC-_ECT2301CAD-_
1,540.1,540.1,540.
ECT2302CAB-_ECT2302CAC-_ECT2302CAD-_
1,795.1,795.1,795.
ECT2304CAB-_ECT2304CAC-_ECT2304CAD-_
2,445.2,445.2,445.
ECT2308CAB-_ECT2308CAC-_ECT2308CAD-_
1,795.1,795.1,795.
NEMA Size 1200 1
357-1/2
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30AHMCPE 50A
ECT2311EAC-_ECT2311EAD-_ECT2311EAE-_ECT2311EAF-_
1,635.1,635.1,635.1,635.
ECT2312EAC-_ECT2312EAD-_ECT2312EAE-_ECT2312EAF-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
ECT2314EAC-_ECT2314EAD-_ECT2314EAE-_ECT2314EAF-_
2,540.2,540.2,540.2,540.
ECT2318EAC-_ECT2318EAD-_ECT2318EAE-_ECT2318EAF-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
230 1357-1/2
24V DC HMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30AHMCPE 50A
ECT2311BAC-_ECT2311BAD-_ECT2311BAE-_ECT2311BAF-_
1,635.1,635.1,635.1,635.
ECT2312BAC-_ECT2312BAD-_ECT2312BAE-_ECT2312BAF-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
ECT2314BAC-_ECT2314BAD-_ECT2314BAE-_ECT2314BAF-_
2,540.2,540.2,540.2,540.
ECT2318BAC-_ECT2318BAD-_ECT2318BAE-_ECT2318BAF-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
460 135
10
24V DC HMCPE 3AHMCPE 7AHMCPE 15AHMCPE 30A
ECT2311CAB-_ECT2311CAC-_ECT2311CAD-_ECT2311CAE-_
1,635.1,635.1,635.1,635.
ECT2312CAB-_ECT2312CAC-_ECT2312CAD-_ECT2312CAE-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
ECT2314CAB-_ECT2314CAC-_ECT2314CAD-_ECT2314CAE-_
2,540.2,540.2,540.2,540.
ECT2318CAB-_ECT2318CAC-_ECT2318CAD-_ECT2318CAE-_
1,885.1,885.1,885.1,885.
NEMA Size 2200 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2321EAF-K 2,390. ECT2322EAF-K 2,810. ECT2324EAF-K 3,860. ECT2328EAF-K 2,810.
Product DescriptionThe “Freedom Series” starters and contactors listed in this catalog feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials. Starters and contactors are available in two rating/configuration styles — NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) and IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). See Category 34 for IEC Rated Contactors & Starters.
The NEMA devices are sized based on traditional NEMA classifications and the IEC devices on international ratings. Internationally rated starters and contactors, as compared to NEMA devices, generally are physically down-sized to provide higher ratings in a smaller package. However, electrical load/life ratings are correspondingly reduced. Careful consideration should be given to the selection of the proper device for a specific application. Parameters, such as type of load, severity of duty, electrical load/life cycles required, etc., must be evaluated before choosing either the IEC or NEMA designs. Since the IEC devices are typically smaller than the equivalent NEMA device, there is a cost advantage over the NEMA starters and contactors.
Application Description
The Freedom to Choose the Right Product for the ApplicationEaton’s Cutler-Hammer has been sup-plying quality industrial control prod-ucts for more than 100 years — the Freedom Series of Contactors and Starters continue in this tradition. They offer something no other electrical control line in the world can — the Freedom to choose contactors and starters designed to either NEMA or IEC standards from one family. There are many difficult choices to be made today in matching electrical control to a specific application, but the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series makes it easy.
Features
Freedom Family■ A single family of contactors and
starters suitable for application in both the IEC and NEMA markets. “Two lines, One family” — the best of both worlds.
■ Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload relays with interchangeable heater packs — available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp — reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combina-tions that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads are optional.
■ A full line of snap-on accessories common to both IEC and NEMA devices — top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc.
■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom.
■ Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom.
■ Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pres-sure plates with ± screws — reduced wiring time.
■ Accessible terminals for easy wir-ing. Optional fingerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock.
■ Top located coil terminals conve-nient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring — easy to replace European or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout.
■ Encapsulated dual voltage/frequency magnet coils — permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 have non-encapsulated coils as standard.
■ Designed to meet or exceed NEMA, UL, CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings.
■ American engineering — built by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products.
Freedom NEMAFreedom NEMA contactors and starters are designed to NEMA standards and are extremely rugged products and built for any application. Their long electrical/mechanical life is extended through easy maintainability.
■ Meets and exceeds all NEMA, UL and CSA standards.
■ Sized based on standard NEMA classifications.
■ Designed and built for a variety of demanding applications.
■ Easy coil change and inspectable/replaceable contacts.
■ Adjustable/interchangeable heater packs for flexibility.
■ Available in Open and NEMA 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures.
NEMA AN16DN0ABNEMA Size 1
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-46
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom
Product Family Overview
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0064]
Freedom Enhancements
Accessible Power Terminations to Facilitate InstallationThe 65 mm contactor housing has been completely redesigned to open up the line/load terminal access area, allowing better visibility when wiring. This also aids in maintenance. IP20 fin-gerproofing is available through add-on shields. This change affects NEMA Sizes 1 and 2.
Load Lugs on Overload Relay BaseThe load lugs have been moved from the heater pack housing to the sensor base of the 32A and 75A overload relays. This permits wiring of the starter prior to heater pack installation. These overload relays are used on NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8.
Auxiliary Contact MarkingsCENELEC EN50012 — All auxiliary con-tact blocks are identified by a two-digit contact configuration code. Auxiliary contact terminals are also identified by a two-digit number in accordance with International Standards approved by CENELEC.
Auxiliary Contact RatingsAll side and top auxiliary contact blocks are now rated NEMA/UL P300 DC ratings and IEC 947 AC-15/DC-13 ratings.
Class 10 and 20 Heater PacksBecause of improvements in the over-load relays, the Class 10 and 20 inter-changeable heater packs have been modified. They can be used with the new overload relays (Series B1) directly or with the existing relays (Series A1) when using an adapter lug kit.
Easy Magnet Coil ChangeThe 65 mm contactor and the connec-tions on the 45 and 65 mm starters have been modified to allow easy coil changes at the distributor or in the field.
Standards and Certifications■ Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS.
■ UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX — Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed
■ CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Enclosed
Certified Type 2 CoordinationEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series IEC starters and NEMA start-ers are now UL Certified to achieve IEC 947 Type 2 coordination against 100,000A short circuit fault currents. Any brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type 2 coordination means that the starter will be suit-able for further use following a short circuit fault.
ISO 9000 CertificationWhen you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organiza-tion (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 indus-trialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
Short Circuit ProtectionFuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Break-ers may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
NEMA Size 1 Contactor Series B1 32A Overload Series B1 75A Overload
Non-reversing Contactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. Contactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a push-button station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, etc.
Reversing Reversing contactors are used prima-rily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically inter-locked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
Features■ Designed specifically for use in
applications requiring NEMA rat-ings. Contactors meet or exceed NEMA standards ICS 2-1993.
■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts — provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion.
■ Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V.
■ Steel mounting plate standard on all open type contactors.
contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position — no increase in width).
❑ Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side.
❑ Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left.
❑ Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO contact block on top right back.
Reversing ■ One NO-NC side mounted interlock
supplied as standard on each con-tactor for Sizes 00 – 8.
Technical DataTable 33-70. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — Open and Enclosed
1 Two compartment box lug.
Table 33-71. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Kits and Accessories■ Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers■ See Page 33-67.
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. CN15DN3AB
NEMA Size 1Cat. No. CN55DN3AB
NEMASize
Power TerminalsLine or Load
ControlTerminalsCu Only
00 12 – 16 stranded; 12 – 14 solid Cu
12 – 16stranded
12 – 14solid
0 8 – 16 stranded; 10 – 14 solid Cu
1 8 – 14 stranded or solid Cu
2 3 – 14 (upper) and/or 6 – 14 (lower) stranded or solid 1 Cu
3 1/0 – 14 Cu/Al
4 250 mcm – 6
5 750 kcmil – 2, or (2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
6 (2) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
7 (3) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
8 (4) 750 kcmil – 4/0 Cu/Al
NEMASize
200V 230V 460V 575V
000123456
—1-1/237-1/2
152560
125
1/21-1/23
10203075
150
1/225
153060
150300
1/225
153060
150300
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-48
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0066]
Product Selection — 3-Pole Contactors Table 33-72. Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: CN15VND3C.
Magnet Coils — AC and DCContactor coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required con-tactor by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix from the adjacent table.
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Table 33-73. AC Suffix Code
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0067]
33
Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors Table 33-74. Type CN15 NEMA Contactors — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Non-reversing
NEMA Size 25-Pole ContactorCat. No. CN15GN5AB
Magnet Coils — AC or DCSelect required starter by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Num-ber (_) with the proper Code Suffix from the adjacent table.
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15BN3_B to CN15BN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Table 33-75. AC Suffix Code
1 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-50
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-50
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-52
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-53
Starters — Single-PhaseNon-reversing, Full Voltage
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-54
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 33-54
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-54
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-55
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-58
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 33-62
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . 33-64
Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . . 33-65
Special Modifications. . . . . . . . 33-66
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-67
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-70
Product Description
Non-reversingThree-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch AC motor loads. Starters con-sist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together.
Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for revers-ing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechani-cally and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
Features■ Bimetallic Ambient Compensated
Overload relays — available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp — reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked.These overload relays feature:❑ Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.❑ Interchangeable heater packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay — useful in derating applications such as jogging.
❑ Load lugs built into relay base.❑ Single-phase protection, Class 20
or Class 10 trip time.❑ Overload trip indication.❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC con-
tacts (pull RESET button to test).■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Gener-ously sized for low resistance and cool operation.
■ Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V.
■ Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters.
Control Terminals — Cu Only12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
Not for Use withAuto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”when it is supplied.Connect separatecontrol lines to theNo. 1 Terminal onthe remote pilotdevice and Terminal96 on the overloadrelay.
“c”
“A”
When more thanone pushbuttonstation is used,omit Connector
“A” and connectper sketch.
Field Conversionto 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
Remote Pilot Devices
NEMA Size 00
2 WireControl
L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3T1 T2 T3
1 A1 A2
A2
2
398979695
1 3
3
32
1
2
L1
T1 T2
T1 T2
L2
1
Start
Start Start
Stop
Stop Stop
3 WireControl
Motor
Motor
Not for Use withAuto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”when it is supplied.Connect separatecontrol lines to theNo. 1 Terminal onthe remote pilotdevice and Terminal96 on the overloadrelay.
“A”
When more thanone pushbuttonstation is used,omit Connector
“A” and connectper sketch.
Field Conversionto 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
Remote Pilot Devices
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2
2 WireControl
T1 T2 T3
“c”L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3
1 A1 A22
3
98979695
1 3
3
32
1
2
L1
T1 T2
T1 T2
L2
1
Start
Start Start
Stop
Stop Stop
3 WireControl
Motor
Motor
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.co
Table 33-78. Plugging and Jogging ServiceHorsepower Ratings 4
4 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Kits and Accessories■ Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers■ See Page 33-67.
NEMASize
200V 230V 460V 575V
000123
—1-1/237-1/2
15
1/21-1/23
1020
1/225
1530
1/225
1530
456
2560
125
3075
150
60150300
60150300
m
33-52
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0070]
Product Selection When Ordering Supply■ Catalog Number■ Heater pack number (see selection
table, Pages 33-80 – 33-81) or full load current.
Table 33-79. Type AN16/AN56 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2 The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller.
3 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN56VND0CB.
Magnet Coils — AC or DCStarter coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required starter by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix from the adjacent table.
For Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to last digit of the listed Catalog Num-ber. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Table 33-80. AC Suffix Code
4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.5 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
■ Catalog Number plus magnet coil Code Suffix. Example: Size 0 — AN700BN022B.
■ Heater pack number or full load current for each speed.
For 2-Speed other than Selective Control:
■ Catalog Number plus magnet coil Code Suffix and option required. Example: AN700BN022B except Compelling.
■ Heater pack number or full load current for each speed.
Note: 2-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (2-winding) and reconnectable (1-winding) motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. All standard starters are wired for selective control.
Table 33-81. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding 1
1 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0072]
Product DescriptionSingle-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush current during start-up. These starters are most commonly used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to 15 horsepower at 230V. They consist of a 2-pole electromag-netic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit and an overload relay to provide running overload protec-tion. Starters listed in the table include:
■ Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 mil-lion electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3.
■ Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles 2 and 3 wired in series for motor overload protection. This over-load is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or Auto-matic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs, 1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indica-tion and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test).
■ Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Sizes 0 – 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side of the contactor.
■ Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control.
Product SelectionWhen Ordering Specify ■ Catalog Number■ Heater Pack Number (see selection table, Pages 33-80 –
33-81) or full load current.
Table 33-84. Type BN16 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.1 For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor volt-
ages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
Separate ControlRemove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate controllines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot deviceand to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
1 3/142/131
START “A”
STOP
START
STOP
3/142/131
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
55
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Technical Data and Specifications
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0073]
33
Table 33-85. Coil Data Notes All data is based on a standard contac-tor with no auxiliary devices and a 120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil data has a ±5% range depending on the application, therefore specific data may vary.
Table 33-86. Specifications — Sizes 00 – 3
P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch.
D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation.
Cold Coil data with a cold coil.
Hot Coil data with a hot coil.
Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15ANEMA Size 00
CN15BNEMA Size 0
CN15DNEMA Size 1
CN15GNEMA Size 2
CN15KNEMA Size 3
ConfigurationNumber of PolesAuxiliary Contacts, StandardAdd-On Auxiliary Contacts
2, 3, 44th Pole NO (1)Top (4) or Side (4)
2, 3Side NO (1)Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3, 4, 5Side NO (1)Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3, 4, 5Side NO (1)Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3Side NO (1)Left Side (4) or Right Side (3)
Frame Size 45 mm 45 mm 65 mm 65 mm 90 mm
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC
Drop-Out Volts — ColdDrop-Out Volts — HotMaximum Operation Rate — Ops/HourPick-Up Time (mS)Drop-Out Time (mS)
54%56%2,4002814
63%64%2,4002513
1
1
N/A105200
1
1
N/A105200
1
1
N/A7050
Coil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage
-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%
DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Operating TemperatureMaximum Operating Altitude (ft.)Mechanical Life
-20° to 65°C6,0005,000,000
-20° to 65°C6,0005,000,000
-20° to 65°C6,0005,000,000
-20° to 65°C6,0005,000,000
-20° to 65°C6,0005,000,000
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)AC-3AC-4
800,00070,000
500,00034,000
590,0007,400
450,0005,000
420,0004,200
Wire RangePower Terminals
Control Terminals
Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu;Enclosed — 250 kcmil – 6 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,12 – 14 solid Cu
750 kcmil — 2 or (2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,12 – 14 solid Cu
(2) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,12 – 14 solid Cu
(3) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,12 – 14 solid Cu
(4) 750 kcmil – 1/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,12 – 14 solid Cu
Power Terminal TorqueLine and Load — lb-in
200 550 550 550 500
Auxiliary Contact Rating A600, P300
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
57
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Technical Data and Specifications
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0075]
33
Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
Life Load CurvesThe Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for supe-rior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in NEMA and UL standards and conducted by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.
Utilization CategoriesAC-1 — Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating.
AC-2 — Starting of slip-ring motors.
AC-3 — Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running.
AC-4 — Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are con-ducted at six times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Contactor Choice■ Decide what utilization category
your application is and choose the appropriate curve.
■ Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (Ie), as found on the horizontal axis.
■ Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles.
Figure 33-32. AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,0009
1 10Break Amperes
100 100018 27 45 90 135 270
Siz
e 00
Siz
e 0
Siz
e 1
Siz
e 2
Siz
e 3
Siz
e 4
Siz
e 5
Op
erat
ion
sO
per
atio
ns
NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
Siz
e 00
Siz
e 0
Siz
e 1
Siz
e 2
Siz
e 3
Siz
e 4
Siz
e 5
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000
10,00010854
1 10Break Amperes
100 1000 10,000153 270 540 822 1620
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-58
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom
Accessories
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0076]
3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits.
Table 33-88. Fuse Block Kits
1 Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
Table 33-89. Approximate Dimensions
Figure 33-33. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing KitsMechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See Page 33-62.
Table 33-90. Mechanical Interlock Only 23
2 Without cross-wiring.3 For use with latest series product.
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer — Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 – 2, IEC A – K and C25D, C25E and C25F FrameThis timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized.
Table 33-92. Mounted Timer Product Selection
1 Add operating voltage Suffix to Catalog Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
2 Rated .5 ampere pilot duty — not to be used on larger contactors.
3 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
Shorting Bar KitsThese kits provide phase-to-phase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor.
Table 33-93. Product Selection
Pneumatic Timers — Top MountedAttachment mounts on top of any NEMA Size 00 – 2 or IEC Size A – K Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC iso-lated timed contacts — circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY or vice-versa.
Table 33-94. Product Selection
Table 33-95. Maximum Ampere Ratings
Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 OnlySnap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial — helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
Table 33-96. Product Selection
Identification Markers
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2Designed to snap on the face of con-tactor for easy, personalized identifica-tion of individual devices. Includes holder and labels.
Table 33-97. Product Selection
Control Circuit Fuse BlockThese panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protection or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse caps. The Class CC rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Table 33-98. Product Selection
1 A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0078]
DIN Rail Mounting Channel — 35 mmDesigned for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters.
DIN Rail
Table 33-99. Product Selection
Finger Protection ShieldsSnap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Fin-ger Protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals.
Table 33-100. Product Selection
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount
NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K ContactorsDesigned to allow DIN rail mounting of NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K contactors. Includes all hardware required to con-vert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.
Table 33-101. Product Selection
Transient Suppressor Kits
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – KThese kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use on 24 – 120V, 208 – 240V or 277 – 480V coils respectively.
These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series con-tactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K and lighting contactors 10 – 60A. Reversing devices will require two.
Table 33-102. Product Selection
1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – SThis device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S and lighting contac-tors 100 – 300A. It connects across coil terminals on any 120V contactor or starter magnet coil (reversing starters or contactors require 2).
Limits high voltage transients pro-duced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil.
DC/AC Interface ModuleThe Catalog Number C320DC Interface Module is an optically isolated solid-state switch which pro-vides a means of operating AC coils with 5 – 48V DC con-trol signal. It acts as a space saving interposing relay which can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC source to the contactor or starter coil.
The module may be directly attached to the coil terminals of any Freedom Series contactor or starter — NEMA Sizes 00 – 3, IEC Sizes A – N and light-ing contactors 10 – 100A. It also has provisions for DIN rail mounting.
The module will operate coils within the voltage ranges shown in Table 33-104.
Design Characteristics■ DC Input: 5 – 48V DC at mA nominal■ AC Operating Voltage:
240V AC (360 VA) ±10% 50/60 Hz; ■ DC Operating Voltage:
30V DC max. (.5A)■ AC Current Rating
❑ 10A make (inrush)❑ 1A break (sealed)
Cat. No. C320DC
Table 33-104. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges
Figure 33-35. Typical Application
Table 33-105. Product Selection
Adhesive Dust Cover
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – KThese adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protec-tion from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – K. Adhesive covers are easily applied to side open-ing where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris.
Table 33-106. Product Selection
Add-On Power Pole Kit
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – KThis device mounts on the side of Freedom NEMA Size 00 – 2 and IEC Size A – K contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and carries UL, cUL and IEC ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0080]
Auxiliary Contacts
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — IEC Sizes A – KThe auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installa-tion on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation.
These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits.
Table 33-108. Product Selection
Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.1 For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below.
Contact Configuration CodeThis two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts.
NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — IEC Sizes L – ZTable 33-109. Product Selection
2 For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below left.3 NO-NC occupies two positions — L2 and L3, or R2 and R3.
See Figure 33-36 on Page 33-63.
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes) Table 33-110. Ratings — NEMA A600
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – KThe sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations.
Table 33-113. Auxiliary Contacts
1 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
2 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
Figure 33-36. Auxiliary Contact Location
NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC Sizes L – ZThe sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.
Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L – N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 – 5 and IEC Sizes P – S.
Table 33-114. Mounting Positions
3 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
Figure 33-37. Auxiliary Contact Location
CatalogNumber
Size Poles Available Mounting Positions 12
Open Type Enclosed
AE16 A – K 3 T1, L1 L1
AN16 000 – 2
33
T1, L1, R1T1, L1
L1L1
AE56 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1
AN56 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —
CE15 A – CD – KG – JG – J
2 – 4345
T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, R1T1
L1, R1L1——
CN15 000 – 21, 21, 2
2 – 42 – 345
T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, L1T1, L1
L1L1——
CN35 10A20 – 60A60A60A
2 – 42 – 345
T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, L1T1, L1
L1L1——
CE55 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1
CN55 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —
L1
T1 T2
R1
L1 T1 T2 R1
L1
T1
Top View
Front View
L1 T1 R1
Front View
ReversingContactors and Starters
Non-reversingContactors and Starters
Top View
R1
Size Available Mounting Positions 3
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – N R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
NEMA Sizes 4 – 5, IEC Sizes P – S L2, L3, R1, R2, R3
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7, IEC Sizes T – X R1
NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z L2, R2
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X
NEMA Sizes 3 – 5IEC Sizes L – S
NEMA Size 8IEC Size Z
L1 R1
L1
Frontof Contactor
Left Sideof Contactor
L2
Aux.Cont.
L3
Aux.Cont.
R2
Aux.Cont.
R3
Aux.Cont.
L1
BaseAux.Cont.
R1
BaseAux.Cont.
Rea
r Rear
Right Sideof Contactor
R1
L2 R2
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-64
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom
Accessories
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0082]
DC Magnet Coils
When Ordering SpecifyConversion Kit for Field Assembly
■ Catalog Number
Factory Installed DC Coil
■ For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or non-combination starters (open type only), substitute the Code Suffix from table below for the magnet coil identifier in the device Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor with a 24V DC coil, change AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C.
Application■ Connect for separate control■ Not for use with cover control
switch operators■ Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot
devices.■ Designed for +10%, -20% rated volt-
age, continuous duty operation.
Non-reversing Kit Consists of:■ 1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil■ 1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted
auxiliary contactNote: These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
■ 2 Blue colored connection wires■ 1 Instruction publication
OperationSee next page for operation details.
Table 33-115. Product Selection
1 These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.2 Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.3 Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlock-
ing. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.4 Available factory assembled only.
Contactor orStarter Size
Conversion Data Complete Conversion Kit FactoryInstalledVolts Magnet Coil NCI
InterlockNEMA IEC CoilNumber
AmpsP.U./Seal
WattsP.U./Seal
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
Ship Wt.Lbs. (kg)
CodeSuffix
AdderU.S. $
Non-reversing — Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary contact00 and 0CN35 – A, B, DD15 Relays
Operation These DC coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. A special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. The 1 suffix contains only the special (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Sizes A – F, contactors may utilize either suf-fix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suf-fix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G – K, both contactors and starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.
On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 – 5 and IEC Sizes L – S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter.
Figure 33-38. Elementary Diagrams1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.
Competitive Mounting Plates
The C321 adapter plates permit direct replacement of competitive starters with Freedom Series starters without drilling and tapping new mounting holes. Allen-Bradley 509, Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer A10 (adapter plate not required for replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306,Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westing-house A200, B200.
Table 33-116. Product Selection
2 Handling Number Only — Does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only.
AuxiliaryContact
ImportantIncoming DC must be connectedbetween A1 and Top A2 Terminal.
A1 A2
A1 A2 Top
A2 Bottom
3
NCI
NOa
a
3
2
3
NCINO
2
Hold Pick-Up
Hold
Pick-Up
DC Coil Elementary Diagramfor NEMA Sizes 1 – 3 and IEC Sizes G – N
Contactors and Starters
DC Coil Elementary Diagramfor NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5and IEC Sizes A – F & P – S
Addition or Special Feature Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) — NEMA/IEC
00/A – C
0/D – F
1—
2/G – K
3/L – N
4/P – S
5/T – U
6/V
7/W – X
8/Z
Control CircuitExtra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC — each contact 1
2
Transient Suppressor 1 2
Power CircuitContactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability — Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number(Power Terminals Only, Control Terminals as Standard)Standalone Overload Relays Can Not Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side
2
Factory Installed Dust CoversFactory Installed C320DSTCVR — Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number 1
2 NA NA NA NA NA NA
A
B
A
B
A
Size 2
Size 1Sizes 0 – 00
B
A
A
Size 5
B
Size 4
B
A
Size 3
B
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
67
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Renewal Parts
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0085]
33
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 2 and CN55 Contactors and Starters
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0086]
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.2 Consult factory. 3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
Description NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 PriceU.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 PriceU.S. $
Contactor & Starter Series A1, StarterSeries B1
PriceU.S. $
Contactor & Starter Series B1, StarterSeries C1
PriceU.S. $
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20428 20428 20429 20429 20146 23349
Contact Kits2-Pole 3-Pole
6-44 6-44-2
6-266-26-2
448.00680.00
6-456-45-2
6-456-45-2
820.001,220.00
6-601-26-601
2,050.003,075.00
—6-648
—3,075.00
MagnetCoils
CoilSuffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . .240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . .480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . .600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . .
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Renewal Parts
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0087]
33
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.2 Consult factory. 3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
Description NEMA Size 7 PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 8 PriceU.S. $Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20848 20848 20849 20849
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0094]
ContentsDescription Page
Thermal Overload Relays
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-76
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-76
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-76
Technical Information . . . . . 33-76
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 33-77
Factory Modifications . . . . . 33-78
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-78
Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . 33-78
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-80
Heater Pack Selection . . . . . 33-80
Product DescriptionC306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144A.
Features■ Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.■ Interchangeable Heater Packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors. Heater packs for 32A overload relay will mount in 75A overload relay — useful in derating applications such as jogging.
■ Class 10 or 20 heater packs.■ Load lugs built into relay base.■ Bimetallic, ambient compensated
(pull RESET button to test).(Electrical Ratings see Table 33-130 on Page 33-77).
■ Overload trip indication.
■ Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock.
■ Meets UL 508 single-phasing requirements.
■ UL listed, CSA certified, NEMA compliance and CE mark.
Operation
C306 Overload Relay Setting
Figure 33-46. FLA Dial Adjustment
For motors having a 1.15 service fac-tor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating.
Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example.
For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial one-half position counterclockwise (CCW).
Figure 33-47. Manual/Automatic Reset
The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For auto-matic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration.
Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.
Test for Trip IndicationTo test overload relay for trip indica-tion when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset.
Warning — To provide continued pro-tection against fire or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs.
Technical InformationGeneral“Overload relays are provided to pro-tect motors, motor control apparatus and motor-branch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include:1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control.” (NEC Art. 430-31)
Time Current CharacteristicsThe time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of per-formance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL requires:
■ When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately.
■ When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes.
■ When tested at 600 percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay.
“Current Rating” is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service factor motor.
“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA (Full Load Amperes) of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting.
Example: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 ser-vice factor motor. A 10A heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A motor current for a Class 20 relay.
32A OverloadCat. No. C306DN3B
1.0ServiceFactor
1.15ServiceFactor
A
B C
D
Example of 12.0 FLA setting forheater pack number H2011B showing
Technical DataTable 33-126. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – K — Open
1 Two compartment box lug.
Table 33-127. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC L – N — Open
Table 33-128. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
Table 33-129. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Table 33-130. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit 3
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0096]
Factory Modifications
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting AdapterConsists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal base adapter — permits fast and easy installation.
Table 33-131. Product Selection
Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting AdapterThese adapters are required when component overload relays are to be separately mounted. The terminal base adapter includes line terminals and connects with the overload relays onPage 33-80.
Table 33-132. Product Selection
4 This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 OnlySnap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial — helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
Table 33-133. Product Selection
Replacement Parts
Heater Pack Replacement The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identi-fied by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series A1 overload relay.
These kits are used in conjunction with Catalog Numbers H2001B – H2014B or H2101B – H2114B heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series B heater packs in Catalog Numbers C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al over-load relays. The kit consists of 3 lug adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series B heater packs plus lug adapters in Series A overload relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjust-ment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit).
Overload Relay Replacement — Series A OnlyWhen replacing a Catalog Number C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or C306GN3 (10-6319) Series A overload relay on a starter, order a Series B overload relay and Series B heater packs.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0098]
Product Selection
Table 33-138. C306 Thermal Overload Relays
1 NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs. 2 Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to
contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page 33-78.3 These relays can be panel mounted only.
Table 33-139. C306 Thermal Overload Relays
4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount.
5 Panel mount only.6 NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
Heater Pack SelectionHeater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installa-tion. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have not changed.
Table 33-140. Starters with Series B Overload Relays
Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN16DN0AB.
Product DescriptionThe IQ500 is a heaterless, current-sensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ502/IQ504) as standard:
■ Overload (overcurrent) protection■ Phase unbalance and phase loss
protection■ Ground current protection (Class II)
The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ500M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features:
■ Underload protection■ Long acceleration■ Jam protection■ Load control
The IQ500 can provide a cost-effective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a low-cost, local area communication network, information such as current values,
status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries.
Features■ Overload class is adjustable using
DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 seconds, maximum trip times at six times rated current
■ Designed for 1000V and less distribution systems
■ Form C (NO/NC) contact on output relay
■ Isolated alarm relay output contact■ Communications capability using
IMPACC network■ Manual or automatic reset (either a
true manual or remote electrical reset) — selectable
■ Overload, Class II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard
■ LED indication (bi-colored — red/green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip
■ Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration
■ Optional load control feature avail-able with special function module
■ Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 4 (for Size 5 and larger, external current transformers can be used)
■ Fits mounting footprint of Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer MORA relay
■ Panel or starter mountable■ Cause of trip is held in memory
through a power loss■ Bell alarm contact available for
remote status indication■ DIP switch provided for setting
operating frequency — 50 or 60 Hz■ Plug-in terminal block for control
power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections
■ Operating temperature: -20° to 60°C (-4° to 140°F)
Benefits■ No external current transformers
are required since they are internal to the IQ500.
■ DIP switches used to select func-tions and settings on base relay are clearly marked and covered with screw-on plastic covers.
■ On the automatic reset, the reset times can be selected for long (90 second) or short (10 second) delay.
■ Device can be set for different motor full load currents without additional parts or modules.
Optional Benefits■ With the addition of the IQ500M
Special Function Module, the enhanced protection includes jam (overtorque) and underload and provides long acceleration time (high inertia load).
■ The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form C output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own LEDs for status indication.
■ The underload and jam functions also have separate selectable trip levels and adjustable trip-delay and start-delay settings.
■ The IQ500M can be used as a load control module that allows “shed-ding and restoring” a particular load that contributes to the load being monitored.
■ The PONI (Product Operated Net-work Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or special function module for interfacing with the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Power-Net communications system.
■ Localized display can be achieved with the Central Monitoring Unit.
Standards and Certifications■ UL File No. E19223
Catalog Number IQ502A
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
83
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom Relays — Current Sensing Protective
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0101]
33
Dimensions
Figure 33-50. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Product SelectionTable 33-143. Current Sensing Protective Relay
1 Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
Product Description The “Freedom Series” starters feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials. Starters are available in two rating/configuration styles — NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) and IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). The NEMA devices are sized based on traditional NEMA classifications and the IEC devices on international ratings. Internationally rated starters, as compared to NEMA devices, generally are physically down-sized to provide higher ratings in a smaller package. However, electrical load/life ratings are correspondingly reduced. Careful consideration should be given to the selection of the proper device
for a specific application. Parameters, such as type of load, severity of duty, electrical load/life cycles required, etc., must be evaluated before choosing either the IEC or NEMA designs. Since the IEC devices are typically smaller than the equivalent NEMA device, there is a cost advantage over the NEMA starters and contactors.
Features■ A single family of starters suitable
for application in both the IEC and NEMA markets. “Two lines, One family” — the best of both worlds.
■ Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays with interchangeable heater packs — available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp — reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combi-nations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads optional.
■ A full line of snap-on accessories common to both IEC and NEMA devices — top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc.
■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom.
■ Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom.
■ Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws — reduced wiring time.
■ Accessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional fingerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock.
■ Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring — easy to replace European or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout.
■ Encapsulated dual voltage/frequency magnet coils — perma-nently marked with voltage, fre-quency and part number. IEC sizes A – F have non-encapsulated coils as standard, encapsulated as optional.
■ Designed to meet or exceed NEMA, UL, CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings.
■ American engineering and manu-facturing — built in the U.S.A. by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products.
Standards and Certifications
Certified Type 2 CoordinationEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series IEC starters and NEMA starters are UL Certified to achieve IEC 947 Type 2 coordination against 100,000A short circuit fault currents. Any brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type 2 coordination means that the starter will be suitable for further use following a short circuit fault.
ISO 9001 CertificationWhen you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. The Enclosed Control is manufactured in our Fayetteville, NC plant, and this facility is registered ISO 9001. This commitment to quality results in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
Freedom NEMA starters are designed to NEMA standards and are extremely rugged products built for any applica-tion. Their long electrical/mechanical life is extended through easy maintainability.
■ Meets and exceeds all NEMA, UL and CSA standards.
■ Sized based on standard NEMA classifications.
■ Designed and built for a variety of demanding applications.
■ Easy coil change and inspectable/replaceable contacts.
■ Adjustable/interchangeable heater packs for flexibility.
■ Available Open and in NEMA 1, 3R, 4/4X, 7/9 and 12 enclosures.
Short Circuit ProtectionFuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to pro-tect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
85
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Catalog Number Selection
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0103]
33
Catalog Number SelectionTable 33-144. NEMA Freedom Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
1 Refer to Enclosed Control Product Guide, P.G.3.02.T.E.2 Use for Sizes 0 – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-145. Magnetic Coil Codes (System Voltage) 3
3 When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18) see table to the right for system voltage code.
Table 33-146. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
Design
ClassNEMAPage
Page
01 - Contactors a 02 - Reversing Contactors a05 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination 33-8606 - Reversing, Non-combination 33-8807 - FVNR Non-combination, with CPT 33-9008 - Single-Phase FVNR (Freedom Only) a16 - Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-9217 - Reversing, Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-9618 - Combination with Disconnect Switch, with CPT 33-9922 - Combination with HMCP/E 33-10123 - Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E 33-10524 - Combination with HMCP/E with CPT 33-10933 - Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination a34 - Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination a35 - Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination a36 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W a37 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT a38 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH a39 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W a40 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT a41 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH a42 - Autotransformer, Non-combination a43 - Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch a44 - Autotransformer, with HMCP/E a45 - Part-Winding, Non-combination a46 - Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch a47 - Part-Winding, with Circuit Breaker a48 - Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination a49 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch a50 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Circuit Breaker a51 - Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination a52 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch a53 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Circuit Breaker a54 - Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch 33-24355 - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E 33-24462 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch a63 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E a64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect 33-24565 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker 33-24568 - Duplex, Non-combination a69 - Duplex, with Disconnect Switch a70 - Duplex, with HMCP/E a
Enclosure Types
1 - Type 1 – General Purpose2 - Type 3R – Rainproof3 - Type 4 – Watertight (Painted Steel)4 - Type 4X – Watertight (Stainless Steel)5 - Type 4X – Corrosion (nonmetallic)6 - Type 7/9 – Bolted Hazardous Location7 - Type 7/9 – Threaded Hazardous Location8 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight9 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight with Safety Door Interlock
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
None 30A/250V R 30A/600V R 60A/250V R 60A/600V R100A/250V R
A -B -C -D -E -F -
G -H -J -K -L -
M -
100A/600V R200A/250V R200A/600V R400A/250V R400A/600V R600A/250V R
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Non-combination
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0108]
Table 33-149. Class ECN07 — NEMA — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
ECN0712CAA
4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel)Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMASize
PrimaryVoltage3
Max. hpRating1
SecondaryVoltage
MagnetCoil Voltage
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel 4
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
0 208240480600
3355
120 ECN0701EAAECN0701BAAECN0701CAAECN0701DAA
453.453.453.453.
ECN0702EAAECN0702BAAECN0702CAAECN0702DAA
545.545.545.545.
ECN0704EAAECN0704BAAECN0704CAAECN0704DAA
710.710.710.710.
1 208240480600
7-1/27-1/2
1010
120 ECN0711EAAECN0711BAAECN0711CAAECN0711DAA
488.488.488.488.
ECN0712EAAECN0712BAAECN0712CAAECN0712DAA
585.585.585.585.
ECN0714EAAECN0714BAAECN0714CAAECN0714DAA
755.755.755.755.
2 208240480600
10152525
120 ECN0721EAAECN0721BAAECN0721CAAECN0721DAA
860.860.860.860.
ECN0722EAAECN0722BAAECN0722CAAECN0722DAA
1,020.1,020.1,020.1,020.
ECN0724EAAECN0724BAAECN0724CAAECN0724DAA
1,380.1,380.1,380.1,380.
3 208240480600
25305050
120 ECN0731EAAECN0731BAAECN0731CAAECN0731DAA
1,380.1,380.1,380.1,380.
ECN0732EAAECN0732BAAECN0732CAAECN0732DAA
1,565.1,565.1,565.1,565.
ECN0734EAAECN0734BAAECN0734CAAECN0734DAA
2,110.2,110.2,110.2,110.
4 208240480600
4050
100100
120 ECN0741EAAECN0741BAAECN0741CAAECN0741DAA
2,680.2,680.2,680.2,680.
ECN0742EAAECN0742BAAECN0742CAAECN0742DAA
3,295.3,295.3,295.3,295.
ECN0744EAAECN0744BAAECN0744CAAECN0744DAA
3,920.3,920.3,920.3,920.
5 208240480600
75100200200
120 ECN0751EAAECN0751BAAECN0751CAAECN0751DAA
5,710.5,710.5,710.5,710.
ECN0752EAAECN0752BAAECN0752CAAECN0752DAA
7,280.7,280.7,280.7,280.
ECN0754EAAECN0754BAAECN0754CAAECN0754DAA
7,290.7,290.7,290.7,290.
6 208240480600
150200400400
120 ECN0761EAAECN0761BAAECN0761CAAECN0761DAA
15,230.15,230.15,230.15,230.
ECN0762EAAECN0762BAAECN0762CAAECN0762DAA
17,140.17,140.17,140.17,140.
ECN0763EAAECN0763BAAECN0763CAAECN0763DAA
18,800.18,800.18,800.18,800.
7 240480600
300600600
120 ECN0771BAAECN0771CAAECN0771DAA
19,480.19,480.19,480.
ECN0772BAAECN0772CAAECN0772DAA
21,850.21,850.21,850.
ECN0773BAAECN0773CAAECN0773DAA
22,950.22,950.22,950.
8 240480600
450900900
120 ECN0781BAAECN0781CAAECN0781DAA
27,480.27,480.27,480.
ECN0782BAAECN0782CAAECN0782DAA
29,420.29,420.29,420.
ECN0783BAAECN0783CAAECN0783DAA
32,090.32,090.32,090.
9 240480600
80016001600
120 ECN0791BAAECN0791CAAECN0791DAA
42,400.42,400.42,400.
ECN0792BAAECN0792CAAECN0792DAA
44,320.44,320.44,320.
ECN0793BAAECN0793CAAECN0793DAA
47,200.47,200.47,200.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Table 33-149. Class ECN07 — NEMA — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing (Continued)
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
NEMASize
PrimaryVoltage3
Max. hpRating1
SecondaryVoltage
MagneticCoil Voltage
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset (NEMA 3R) 2
3-Pole, NEMA Type 7 and 9
Bolted Threaded PriceU.S. $Catalog
NumberPriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
CatalogNumber
0 208240480600
3355
120 ECN0708EAAECN0708BAAECN0708CAAECN0708DAA
545.545.545.545.
ECN0706EAAECN0706BAAECN0706CAAECN0706DAA
ECN0707EAAECN0707BAAECN0707CAAECN0707DAA
1,345.1,345.1,345.1,345.
1 208240480600
7-1/27-1/2
1010
120 ECN0718EAAECN0718BAAECN0718CAAECN0718DAA
585.585.585.585.
ECN0716EAAECN0716BAAECN0716CAAECN0716DAA
ECN0717EAAECN0717BAAECN0717CAAECN0717DAA
1,480.1,480.1,480.1,480.
2 208240480600
10152525
120 ECN0728EAAECN0728BAAECN0728CAAECN0728DAA
1,020.1,020.1,020.1,020.
ECN0726EAAECN0726BAAECN0726CAAECN0726DAA
ECN0727EAAECN0727BAAECN0727CAAECN0727DAA
1,855.1,855.1,855.1,855.
3 208240480600
25305050
120 ECN0738EAAECN0738BAAECN0738CAAECN0738DAA
1,565.1,565.1,565.1,565.
ECN0736EAAECN0736BAAECN0736CAAECN0736DAA
ECN0737EAAECN0737BAAECN0737CAAECN0737DAA
3,230.3,230.3,230.3,230.
4 208240480600
4050
100100
120 ECN0748EAAECN0748BAAECN0748CAAECN0748DAA
3,295.3,295.3,295.3,295.
ECN0746EAAECN0746BAAECN0746CAAECN0746DAA
ECN0747EAAECN0747BAAECN0747CAAECN0747DAA
5,560.5,560.5,560.5,560.
5 208240480600
75100200200
120 ECN0758EAAECN0758BAAECN0758CAAECN0758DAA
7,280.7,280.7,280.7,280.
ECN0756EAAECN0756BAAECN0756CAAECN0756DAA
ECN0757EAAECN0757BAAECN0757CAAECN0757DAA
11,310.11,310.11,310.11,310.
6 208240480600
150200400400
120 ECN0768EAAECN0768BAAECN0768CAAECN0768DAA
17,140.17,140.17,140.17,140.
————
————
————
7 240480600
300600600
120 ECN0778BAAECN0778CAAECN0778DAA
21,850.21,850.21,850.
———
———
———
8 240480600
450900900
120 ECN0788BAAECN0788CAAECN0788DAA
29,420.29,420.29,420.
———
———
———
9 240480600
80016001600
120 ECN0798BAAECN0798CAAECN0798DAA
44,320.44,320.44,320.
———
———
———
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0110]
Features and Product Selection■ Full Voltage■ Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR■ Optional Electronic Overload■ 600V Maximum■ 100,000 RMS Short Circuit Rating with Fuses
Table 33-150. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAF becomes ECN1639EAF.
5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRatingDual Element Fuses
MagnetCoilVoltage1
FuseClipAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4XWatertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 0200230460575
3355
208240480600
30A ECN1601EABECN1601BABECN1601CACECN1601DAC
685.685.700.700.
ECN1602EABECN1602BABECN1602CACECN1602DAC
855.855.870.870.
ECN1604EABECN1604BABECN1604CACECN1604DAC
1,370.1,370.1,390.1,390.
ECN1608EABECN1608BABECN1608CACECN1608DAC
855.855.870.870.
NEMA Size 1200230460575
7-1/27-1/2
1010
208240480600
30A ECN1611EABECN1611BABECN1611CACECN1611DAC
715.715.730.730.
ECN1612EABECN1612BABECN1612CACECN1612DAC
885.885.905.905.
ECN1614EABECN1614BABECN1614CACECN1614DAC
1,410.1,410.1,420.1,420.
ECN1618EABECN1618BABECN1618CACECN1618DAC
885.885.905.905.
NEMA Size 2200230460575
10152525
208240480600
60A ECN1621EADECN1621BADECN1621CAEECN1621DAE
1,130.1,130.1,145.1,145.
ECN1622EADECN1622BADECN1622CAEECN1622DAE
1,370.1,370.1,395.1,395.
ECN1624EADECN1624BADECN1624CAEECN1624DAE
2,185.2,185.2,205.2,205.
ECN1628EADECN1628BADECN1628CAEECN1628DAE
1,370.1,370.1,395.1,395.
NEMA Size 3200230460575
25305050
208240480600
100A ECN1631EAFECN1631BAFECN1631CAGECN1631DAG
1,890.1,890.1,935.1,935.
ECN1632EAFECN1632BAFECN1632CAGECN1632DAG
2,205.2,205.2,245.2,245.
ECN1634EAFECN1634BAFECN1634CAGECN1634DAG
3,740.3,740.3,770.3,770.
ECN1638EAFECN1638BAFECN1638CAGECN1638DAG
2,205.2,205.2,245.2,245.
NEMA Size 4200230460575
4050
100100
208240480600
200A ECN1641EAHECN1641BAHECN1641CAJECN1641DAJ
3,615.3,615.3,655.3,655.
ECN1642EAHECN1642BAHECN1642CAJECN1642DAJ
4,495.4,495.4,520.4,520.
ECN1644EAHECN1644BAHECN1644CAJECN1644DAJ
5,990.5,990.6,010.6,010.
ECN1648EAHECN1648BAHECN1648CAJECN1648DAJ
4,495.4,495.4,520.4,520.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0111]
33
Table 33-150. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing (Continued)
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAF becomes ECN1639EAF.
5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
6 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, con-sult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
7 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
MotorVoltage
Max.hpRating Dual Element Fuses
MagnetCoilVoltage1
FuseClipAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 5
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 5200230460575
75100200200
208240480600
400A ECN1651EAKECN1651BAKECN1651CALECN1651DAL
8,110.8,110.8,110.8,110.
ECN1652EAKECN1652BAKECN1652CALECN1652DAL
10,230.10,230.10,230.10,230.
ECN1654EAKECN1654BAKECN1654CALECN1654DAL
14,140.14,140.14,140.14,140.
ECN1658EAKECN1658BAKECN1658CALECN1658DAL
10,230.10,230.10,230.10,230.
NEMA Size 6200230460575
150200400400
208240480600
600A ECN1661EAMECN1661BAMECN1661CANECN1661DAN
21,450.21,450.21,450.21,450.
ECN1662EAMECN1662BAMECN1662CANECN1662DAN
23,910.23,910.23,910.23,910.
ECN1663EAMECN1663BAMECN1663CANECN1663DAN
27,150.27,150.27,150.27,150.
ECN1668EAMECN1668BAMECN1668CANECN1668DAN
23,910.23,910.23,910.23,910.
NEMA Size 7230460575
300600600
240480600
7 ECN1671BAUECN1671CAUECN1671DAU
32,710.32,710.32,710.
ECN1672BAUECN1672CAUECN1672DAU
34,650.34,650.34,650.
ECN1673BAUECN1673CAUECN1673DAU
36,280.36,280.36,280.
ECN1678BAUECN1678CAUECN1678DAU
34,650.34,650.34,650.
NEMA Size 8230460575
450900900
240480600
7 ECN1681BAUECN1681CAUECN1681DAU
45,670.45,670.45,670.
ECN1682BAUECN1682CAUECN1682DAU
47,590.47,590.47,590.
ECN1683BAUECN1683CAUECN1683DAU
49,240.49,240.49,240.
ECN1688BAUECN1688CAUECN1688DAU
47,590.47,590.47,590.
NEMA Size 9230460575
8001000 61000
240480600
7 ECN1691BAUECN1691CAUECN1691DAU
63,790.63,790.63,790.
ECN1692BAUECN1692CAUECN1692DAU
65,720.65,720.65,720.
ECN1693BAUECN1693CAUECN1693DAU
67,360.67,360.67,360.
ECN1698BAUECN1698CAUECN1698DAU
65,720.65,720.65,720.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0112]
Table 33-151. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch5 — Non-reversing
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E for details.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAA becomes ECN1639EAA.
4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
5 Field installed Fuse Clips available, see Page 33-122.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
DisconnectAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 4
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 1 2 3
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0113]
33
Table 33-151. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing (Continued)
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E for details.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAA becomes ECN1639EAA.
4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
5 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
DisconnectAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 4
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 1 2 3
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available.To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1738EAF becomes ECN1739EAF.
5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
6 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
7 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRatingDualElementFuses
MagnetCoilVoltage1
FuseClipAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 5
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 0200230460575
3355
208240480600
30A ECN1701EABECN1701BABECN1701CACECN1701DAC
1,100.1,100.1,110.1,110.
ECN1702EABECN1702BABECN1702CACECN1702DAC
1,340.1,340.1,360.1,360.
ECN1704EABECN1704BABECN1704CACECN1704DAC
1,971.1,971.1,971.1,971.
ECN1708EABECN1708BABECN1708CACECN1708DAC
1,340.1,340.1,360.1,360.
NEMA Size 1200230460575
7-1/27-1/2
1010
208240480600
30A ECN1711EABECN1711BABECN1711CACECN1711DAC
1,170.1,170.1,190.1,190.
ECN1712EABECN1712BABECN1712CACECN1712DAC
1,415.1,415.1,425.1,425.
ECN1714EABECN1714BABECN1714CACECN1714DAC
2,040.2,040.2,050.2,050.
ECN1718EABECN1718BABECN1718CACECN1718DAC
1,415.1,415.1,425.1,425.
NEMA Size 2200230460575
10152525
208240480600
60A ECN1721EADECN1721BADECN1721CAEECN1721DAE
1,945.1,945.1,965.1,965.
ECN1722EADECN1722BADECN1722CAEECN1722DAE
2,255.2,255.2,275.2,275.
ECN1724EADECN1724BADECN1724CAEECN1724DAE
3,296.3,296.3,296.3,296.
ECN1728EADECN1728BADECN1728CAEECN1728DAE
2,255.2,255.2,275.2,275.
NEMA Size 3200230460575
25305050
208240480600
100A ECN1731EAFECN1731BAFECN1731CAGECN1731DAG
3,235.3,235.3,275.3,275.
ECN1732EAFECN1732BAFECN1732CAGECN1732DAG
3,655.3,655.3,690.3,690.
ECN1734EAFECN1734BAFECN1734CAGECN1734DAG
5,580.5,580.5,610.5,610.
ECN1738EAFECN1738BAFECN1738CAGECN1738DAG
3,655.3,655.3,690.3,690.
NEMA Size 4200230460575
4050
100100
208240480600
200A ECN1741EAHECN1741BAHECN1741CAJECN1741DAJ
6,750.6,750.6,780.6,780.
ECN1742EAHECN1742BAHECN1742CAJECN1742DAJ
7,880.7,880.7,900.7,900.
ECN1744EAHECN1744BAHECN1744CAJECN1744DAJ
9,690.9,690.9,720.9,720.
ECN1748EAHECN1748BAHECN1748CAJECN1748DAJ
7,880.7,880.7,900.7,900.
NEMA Size 5200230460575
75100200200
208240480600
400A ECN1751EAKECN1751BAKECN1751CALECN1751DAL
13,180.13,180.13,180.13,180.
ECN1752EAKECN1752BAKECN1752CALECN1752DAL
15,870.15,870.15,870.15,870.
ECN1754EAKECN1754BAKECN1754CALECN1754DAL
20,690.20,690.20,690.20,690.
ECN1758EAKECN1758BAKECN1758CALECN1758DAL
15,870.15,870.15,870.15,870.
NEMA Size 6200230460575
150200400400
208240480600
600A ECN1761EAMECN1761BAMECN1761CANECN1761DAN
32,200.32,200.32,200.32,200.
ECN1762EAMECN1762BAMECN1762CANECN1762DAN
34,130.34,130.34,130.34,130.
ECN1763EAMECN1763BAMECN1763CANECN1763DAN
35,760.35,760.35,760.35,760.
ECN1768EAMECN1768BAMECN1768CANECN1768DAN
34,130.34,130.34,130.34,130.
NEMA Size 7230460575
300600600
240480600
7 ECN1771BAUECN1771CAUECN1771DAU
48,200.48,200.48,200.
ECN1772BAUECN1772CAUECN1772DAU
50,180.50,180.50,180.
ECN1773BAUECN1773CAUECN1773DAU
51,840.51,840.51,840.
ECN1778BAUECN1778CAUECN1778DAU
50,180.50,180.50,180.
NEMA Size 8230460575
450900900
240480600
7 ECN1781BAUECN1781CAUECN1781DAU
71,950.71,950.71,950.
ECN1782BAUECN1782CAUECN1782DAU
73,810.73,810.73,810.
ECN1783BAUECN1783CAUECN1783DAU
75,520.75,520.75,520.
ECN1788BAUECN1788CAUECN1788DAU
73,810.73,810.73,810.
NEMA Size 9230460575
8001000 61000
240480600
7 ECN1791BAUECN1791CAUECN1791DAU
97,600.97,600.97,600.
ECN1792BAUECN1792CAUECN1792DAU
98,100.98,100.98,100.
ECN1793BAUECN1793CAUECN1793DAU
99,190.99,190.99,190.
ECN1798BAUECN1798CAUECN1798DAU
98,100.98,100.98,100.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0115]
33
Table 33-153. Class ECN17 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1738EAA becomes ECN1739EAA.
4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
DisconnectAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 4
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 123
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0116]
Table 33-153. Class ECN17 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing (Continued)
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1738EAA becomes ECN1739EAA.
4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
5 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, con-sult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
DisconnectAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X 4
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 123
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
33-NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0117]
33
Table 33-154. Class ECN18 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT7 — Non-reversing
1 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1838EAF becomes ECN1839EAF.
5 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-122.
6 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
7 1000,000 RMS short-circuit rating.8 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
is design E or not when ordering the motor.9 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V,
consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
PrimaryVoltage1
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
FuseClipAmps
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel 6
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0118]
Table 33-155. Class ECN18 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT — Non-reversing
1 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN1838EAA becomes ECN1839EAA.
5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
7 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
PrimaryVoltage1
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage
DisconnectSwitch Rating
3-Pole, NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole, NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole, NEMA 4X Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel 5
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 2 3 4
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
NEMA Size 0208240480600
3355
120 30A ECN1801EAAECN1801BAAECN1801CAAECN1801DAA
855.855.855.855.
ECN1802EAAECN1802BAAECN1802CAAECN1802DAA
1,025.1,025.1,025.1,025.
ECN1804EAAECN1804BAAECN1804CAAECN1804DAA
1,545.1,545.1,545.1,545.
ECN1808EAAECN1808BAAECN1808CAAECN1808DAA
1,025.1,025.1,025.1,025.
NEMA Size 1208240480600
7-1/27-1/2
1010
120 30A ECN1811EAAECN1811BAAECN1811CAAECN1811DAA
885.885.885.885.
ECN1812EAAECN1812BAAECN1812CAAECN1812DAA
1,060.1,060.1,060.1,060.
ECN1814EAAECN1814BAAECN1814CAAECN1814DAA
1,580.1,580.1,580.1,580.
ECN1818EAAECN1818BAAECN1818CAAECN1818DAA
1,060.1,060.1,060.1,060.
NEMA Size 2208240480600
10152525
120 60A ECN1821EAAECN1821BAAECN1821CAAECN1821DAA
1,370.1,370.1,370.1,370.
ECN1822EAAECN1822BAAECN1822CAAECN1822DAA
1,615.1,615.1,615.1,615.
ECN1824EAAECN1824BAAECN1824CAAECN1824DAA
2,425.2,425.2,425.2,425.
ECN1828EAAECN1828BAAECN1828CAAECN1828DAA
1,615.1,615.1,615.1,615.
NEMA Size 3208240480600
25305050
120 100A ECN1831EAAECN1831BAAECN1831CAAECN1831DAA
2,215.2,215.2,215.2,215.
ECN1832EAAECN1832BAAECN1832CAAECN1832DAA
2,535.2,535.2,535.2,535.
ECN1834EAAECN1834BAAECN1834CAAECN1834DAA
4,065.4,065.4,065.4,065.
ECN1838EAAECN1838BAAECN1838CAAECN1838DAA
2,535.2,535.2,535.2,535.
NEMA Size 4208240480600
4050
100100
120 200A ECN1841EAAECN1841BAAECN1841CAAECN1841DAA
3,985.3,985.3,985.3,985.
ECN1842EAAECN1842BAAECN1842CAAECN1842DAA
4,855.4,855.4,855.4,855.
ECN1844EAAECN1844BAAECN1844CAAECN1844DAA
6,360.6,360.6,360.6,360.
ECN1848EAAECN1848BAAECN1848CAAECN1848DAA
4,855.4,855.4,855.4,855.
NEMA Size 5208240480600
75100200200
120 400A ECN1851EAAECN1851BAAECN1851CAAECN1851DAA
8,410.8,410.8,410.8,410.
ECN1852EAAECN1852BAAECN1852CAAECN1852DAA
10,520.10,520.10,520.10,520.
ECN1854EAAECN1854BAAECN1854CAAECN1854DAA
14,690.14,690.14,690.14,690.
ECN1858EAAECN1858BAAECN1858CAAECN1858DAA
10,520.10,520.10,520.10,520.
NEMA Size 6208240480600
150200400400
120 600A ECN1861EAAECN1861BAAECN1861CAAECN1861DAA
21,390.21,390.21,390.21,390.
ECN1862EAAECN1862BAAECN1862CAAECN1862DAA
23,850.23,850.23,850.23,850.
ECN1863EAAECN1863BAAECN1863CAAECN1863DAA
27,100.27,100.27,100.27,100.
ECN1868EAAECN1868BAAECN1868CAAECN1868DAA
23,850.23,850.23,850.23,850.
NEMA Size 7240480600
300600600
120 6 ECN1871BAAECN1871CAAECN1871DAA
27,010.27,010.27,010.
ECN1872BAAECN1872CAAECN1872DAA
28,930.28,930.28,930.
ECN1873BAAECN1873CAAECN1873DAA
30,580.30,580.30,580.
ECN1878BAAECN1878CAAECN1878DAA
28,930.28,930.28,930.
NEMA Size 8240480600
450900900
120 6 ECN1881BAAECN1881CAAECN1881DAA
36,420.36,420.36,420.
ECN1882BAAECN1882CAAECN1882DAA
38,360.38,360.38,360.
ECN1883BAAECN1883CAAECN1883DAA
40,010.40,010.40,010.
ECN1888BAAECN1888CAAECN1888DAA
38,360.38,360.38,360.
NEMA Size 9240480600
80010007
1000
120 6 ECN1891BAAECN1891CAAECN1891DAA
58,580.58,580.58,580.
ECN1892BAAECN1892CAAECN1892DAA
60,560.60,560.60,560.
ECN1893BAAECN1893CAAECN1893DAA
62,130.62,130.62,130.
ECN1898BAAECN1898CAAECN1898DAA
60,560.60,560.60,560.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0120]
Table 33-156. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2228EAG becomes ECN2229EAG.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage 1
CircuitBreakerType
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0122]
Table 33-157. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2238EAG becomes ECN2239EAG.
MotorVoltage
Max. hpRating
MagnetCoilVoltage 1
CircuitBreakerType
3-Pole, NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset(NEMA 3R) 234
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0124]
Table 33-158. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 3— Reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
1 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2328EAG becomes ECN2329EAG.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0126]
Table 33-159. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E5 — Reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter A for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Number.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2338EAG becomes ECN2339EAG.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0128]
Table 33-160. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E2 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
1 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2438EAG becomes ECN2439EAG.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0130]
Table 33-161. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E5 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
1 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECN2438EAG becomes ECN2439EAG.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Accessories
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0132]
Control Power Transformer Kits
These control transformer kits provide a convenient on-the-job addition of control transformers to the following NEMA 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosed starters. Adding or changing these kits does not affect the UL listing in most instances.
The transformer kit consists of:
■ Control transformer■ Two primary and one secondary
fuse■ Wires■ Mounting instruction publication
For Non-combination StartersThese kits may be used for transformer voltage conversion on Freedom NEMA, IEC and Advanced Design NEMA (Advantage) starters furnished from the factory with control transformers installed. Non-combination starters with CPTs factory installed are Class ECN07, ECA07, ECE07 and ECE11. These kits may also be installed in oversize enclosures that have been designed to accept transformers.
Combination StartersMost combination starters have space for standard size (and 100 VA extra capacity) control power transformers. The panels are pre-drilled for mounting.
UL/CSAUL Listed — File Number E10156, Guide XPTO.
Table 33-163. Standard Transformer Sizes 1
1 Non-reversing, single contactor only.
When Ordering Specify■ Catalog Number
Table 33-164. Control Transformer Kits
Table 33-165. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Figure 33-51. Open Type — 50 VA – 500 VA with Fuse Block
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage/IT. — Enclosed Cover Control
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0133]
33
Non-reversingFlange Control KitsFor on-the-job conversion of NEMA 1, 3R, 4X and 12 enclosed starters. Knockouts are provided on the NEMA 1 flange. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 have prepunched holes with removable hole plugs.
Factory Installed Pilot DevicesTo order factory installed pilot devices, change the 9th character of the Catalog Number to the alpha shown in the table below. Example: to order an ECN0514CAA with START/STOP pushbuttons and a red pilot light, change the A to a C, i.e. ECN0514CCA.
Table 33-166. Non-reversing Pilot Devices
1 For IEC Combination Cover Control, see Page 34-107.2 For ACM Cover Control Option, see Page 33-193.3 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage — Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Note: 120V only for Advantage.4 Additional Kits available. See Page 11-19 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
Integrated Combination Cover Control for IT. Electro-Mechanical■ Non-reversing■ Factory Installed■ NEMA 1 and 12 only, Sizes 00 – 2
Note: For Factory Installed devices, change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog String.
Pilot Indication included as standard for starters: RUN, OFF and Overload Trip; for contactors: ON and OFF. For further information see Pages 33-21 – 33-24.
Table 33-167. Factory Installed for IT. Electro-Mechanical Integrated Combination
5 4 pt 120V AC Input 2 pt Relay Output.6 4 pt 24V DC Input 2 pt Relay Output.7 Consult factory for price.
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage/IT. — Enclosed
Cover Control
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0134]
ReversingFlange Control KitsFor on-the-job conversion of NEMA 1, 3R, 4X and 12 enclosed starters. Knockouts are provided on the NEMA 1 flange. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 have prepunched holes with removable hole plugs.
Factory Installed Pilot DevicesTo order factory installed pilot devices, change the 9th character of the Catalog Number to the alpha shown in the table below. Example: to order an ECN0614CAA with FOR/REV/STOP pushbuttons and 2 red pilot lights, change the A to a C, i.e. ECN0614CCA.
Table 33-168. Reversing Pilot Devices
1 For IEC Combination Cover Control, see Page 34-107.2 For ACM Cover Control Option, see Page 33-193.3 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage — Kits only.
Example: C400T10B.
Note: 120V only for Advantage.4 Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.5 Additional Kits available. See Page 11-9 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 6 IT. Combination for NEMA 3R/4X only.
Integrated Combination Cover Control for IT. Electro-Mechanical■ Reversing■ Factory Installed■ NEMA 1 and 12 only, Sizes 00 – 2
Note: For Factory Installed devices, change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog String.
Pilot Indication included as standard for starters: FORWARD, REVERSE, OFF and Overload Trip; for contactors: UP and DOWN. For further information see Pages 33-21 – 33-24.
Table 33-169. Factory Installed for IT. Electro-Mechanical Integrated Combination
7 4 pt 120V AC Input 2 pt Relay Output.8 4 pt 24V DC Input 2 pt Relay Output.9 Consult factory for price.
Non-combinationNEMA 1, Sizes 5 – 9NEMA 1, Sizes N – VAll NEMA 3R, 4X, 12All IT. Soft StartsCombinationFreedom NEMA only 1
Advantage 2
IT. Cover Mounted FieldInstallation Kits 5
See Figure 33-55.
Factory Installed Flange Control
Position9 Alpha
NEMA 1 onlySizes 00 – 4Sizes A – MNon-combo.only 3
See Figure 33-54.
NEMA 1Sizes 5 – 9Sizes N – VNEMA 3R,4X, 12 2
AllCombination 6
IT. — All Non-combo.See Figure 33-55.
NEMA 7/9All Units
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
AdderU.S. $
AdderU.S. $
AdderU.S. $
No Cover Mounted Pilot DevicesFOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttonswith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
C400GK0C400GR1C400GR14 3
—
4.95145.00360.00
—
—C400T6——
—181.00
——
ABCD
—289.00570.00
—
—289.00570.00810.00
—510.00
1,100.001,390.00
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttonswith 2 Red Pilot Lights
C400GR2C400GR24 3
145.00360.00
——
——
EF
289.00570.00
289.00570.00
510.001,100.00
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switchwith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
———
———
C400T15——
122.00——
HJK
———
171.00510.00685.00
300.00900.00
1,245.00Two Red Pilot LightsOne Green Pilot LightTwo Red/One Green Pilot LightsOPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switchwith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
C400GK44 3
C400GK41 3
————
217.00109.00
————
4
C400T10 3
—C400T16——
—109.00
—122.00
——
PQRVWX
289.00139.00
————
339.00171.00510.00171.00510.00685.00
600.00300.00900.00300.00900.00
1,245.00
Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter
120V 60 Hz208V 60 Hz
AE
240V 60 Hz380V 50 Hz
BL
480V 60 Hz600V 60 Hz
CD
DescriptionFVR Starters/Contactors
Position9 Alpha
StandardMod Code
AdderU.S. $
DeviceNetMod Code
AdderU.S. $ 9
Reset onlySTOP with ResetFORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with ResetFORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO with Reset 7FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO with Reset 8ON/OFF
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage — Enclosed Cover Control
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0135]
33
NEMA 1 EnclosuresTable 33-170. NEMA 1 Enclosures — NEMA, IEC (Freedom Type)
1 IEC starters A – F require a metal mounting plate, C321MP3, when mounting the starter in the above enclosures. See below.
2 In order to install cover control kits for NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – F, the starter must be provided with a side mounted auxiliary contact or a separately ordered Dummy Contact Block, C320KGSD from Table 33-171, to serve as a mounting base. Note: NEMA Size 00 and IEC Sizes A – C open type devices are not supplied as standard with side mounted auxiliaries.
3 Sub panel drilled for 50 – 200 VA CPTs.4 Enclosure drilled for 150 – 300 VA CPTs.5 IEC reversing starters require a metal mounting plate for the starter, C321MP3, and a mounting
plate for the contactor, C321MP1. See below.
Note: Box 1 will not accept devices with top mounted auxiliaries. Box 2 will accept NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 starters and IEC Sizes A – F starters with top mounted auxiliaries.
Table 33-171. Dummy Contact Block
Table 33-172. Metal Mounting Plates — For Use on IEC Style Contactors, Starters and Overload Relays
Table 33-173. Approximate Dimensions of Metal Mounting Plates
6 Two-hole mounting.
Note: Combination enclosures not available for sale as enclosures only.
Starter Type BoxNumber
NEMA SizeAN16
IEC SizeAE16
IEC SizeAE17
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
Non-reversing Starter 1124
10
00 – 1—23 – 45
A – F 1—G – KL – NP – S
—A – F 1G – KL – MN – S
C799B11 2
C799B12 2
C799B13C799B15C799B17
36.0036.0072.50
302.00600.00
Non-reversing Starterwith Space for CPT
34
00 – 23 – 4
A – K 1L – N
A – K 1L – M
C799B14 3
C799B15 4117.00302.00
Reversing Starter 2349
10
00 – 01 – 2345
A – F 5G – KL – M——
A – F 5G – KL – M——
C799B13C799B14C799B15C799B16C799B17
72.50117.00302.00555.00600.00
Application CatalogNumber
PriceU.S.$
Dummy Contact Block C320KGSD 3.75
Application CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
ContactorsIEC Sizes A – F IEC Sizes G – K
C321MP1C321MP2
10.9018.10
Non-reversing StartersIEC Sizes A – F C321MP3 18.10
Reversing StartersIEC Sizes A – F C321MP7 29.00
Reversing ContactorsIEC Sizes A – F C321MP8 21.70
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) CatalogNumber
Ship Wt.Lbs. (kg)Wide High Mounting
2.00 (51)2.56 (65)1.8 (46)4.20 (107)4.20 (107)
3.88 (99)5.05 (128)6.6 (168)7.38 (188)4.35 (111)
1.50 x 3.38 (38 x 86)2.00 x 4.5 (51 x 114)6.07 (154) 63.50 x 6.87 (89 x 175)3.50 x 3.86 (89 x 98)
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage — Enclosed
Enclosures
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0136]
NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 EnclosuresTable 33-174. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA, IEC (Freedom Type)
1 IEC starters A – F require a metal mounting plate, C321MP3, when mounting the starter in the above enclosures. See Page 33-117.2 IEC reversing starters A – F require a metal mounting plate for the starter, C321MP3, and a mounting plate for the contactor, C321MP1.
See Page 33-117.3 Blank cover provided.
Table 33-175. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA (Advantage Type) — with Hole Plugs
Table 33-176. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA (Advantage Type) —with Cutout for 1 ACM and Hole Plugs 4
4 All boxes have 1 ACM cutout. In addition, Box 5 has one 30 mm round hole, Boxes 6 and 7 have two; Boxes 8, 9 and 10 have three holes plugged.
Modification Codes Table 33-177. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,ACM Cover Control Modifications
Table 33-177. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,ACM Cover Control Modifications (Continued)
1 Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters.2 Consult factory for price.3 Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1
(NEMA 1).4 Not available for IT. Starters.5 NEMA 1/12 only.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Ammeter 1 A1 Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1, NEMA 1, 12
1,015.
Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1,NEMA 3R, 4X
1,640.
A2 Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, NEMA 1, 12
2,655.
Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, NEMA 3R, 4X
3,340.
A3 Miniature (Single-Phase), NEMA 1, 12
725.
A4 Miniature with Selector Switch, NEMA 1, 12
1,160.
A5 Switchboard (Single-Phase), NEMA 1, 12
1,425.
Switchboard (Single-Phase), NEMA 3R, 4X
1,955.
A6 Switchboard with Selector Switch.NEMA 1, 12
1,885.
Switchboard with Selector Switch.NEMA 3R, 4X
2,415.
A7 3-Panel Type (Single-Phase),NEMA 1, 12
3,010.
3-Panel Type (Single-Phase),NEMA 3R, 4X
3,465.
A10 3 Miniature (Single-Phase), NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12
2,160.
A11 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase).NEMA 1, 12
4,225.
3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase).NEMA 3R, 4X
4,840.
A12 Ammeter Order by Description,NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12
2
Top Mounted AuxiliaryContacts 3 4(Unwired)
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 only(Unwired)
IEC SizesA – K Only(Unwired)Freedom Series
A13 1NO 81.
A14 1NC 81.
A15 1NO-1NC 161.
A16 2NO 161.
A17 2NC 161.
A18 2NO-1NC 239.
A19 1NO-2NC 239.
A20 3NO 239.
A21 3NC 239.
A22 3NO-1NC 317.
A23 2NO-2NC 317.
A24 1NO-3NC 317.
A25 4NO 317.
A26 4NC 317.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Side MountedAuxiliaryContactsFreedom Series(Advantage —use Mod CodesA36 – A40)
A27 1NO 81.
A28 1NC 81.
A29 1NO-1NC 161.
A30 2NO 161.
A31 2NC 161.
A32 2NO-1NC 239.
A33 1NO-2NC 239.
A34 3NO 239.
A35 3NC 239.
A36 3NO-1NC 317.
A37 2NO-2NC 317.
A38 1NO-3NC 317.
A39 4NO 317.
A40 4NC 317.
Auxiliary Contacts 4
A42 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism of Disconnect Switch, 1NO-1NC
109.
A43 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism of Disconnect Switch, 2NO-2NC
161.
A44 With Auxiliary Contact Omitted —
A45 With 1 Set of Auxiliary Contacts (1NO-1NC) Plus 2 Tie Points, Unwired per Contactor (Advantage)
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage/IT./AF91 — Enclosed
Modification Codes
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0138]
Table 33-178. B — Breaker Modifications, Backspin Timer,Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke
1 Consult factory for price. 2 A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line
harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA. The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage unbalance or transients.
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
3 Consult factory for price.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Breaker B1 1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker 109.
B2 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker 161.
B3 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —48 – 127V AC or DC
289.
B4 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —9 – 24V AC or DC
289.
B5 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —280 – 380V AC
289.
B6 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —415 – 600V AC or 220 – 250V DC
289.
B8 Undervoltage Release for Breaker 289.
B9 Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker 289.
B10 Breaker — Order by Description 1
Backspin Timer B12 180 Seconds 565.
UndervoltageRelease
B13 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker — 208 – 240V AC
289.
B14 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker — 380 – 480V AC
289.
B15 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker — 525 – 600V AC
289.
Bell Alarm B16 Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker 289.
Bus Choke(AF91)
B20 DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil 2
240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ 71. 76. 115. 122. 139. 144.
480V — 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ — 76. 85. 139. 139. 144.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Control PowerTransformers
Make sure 8th characterspecifies primary/secondaryvoltage. SeePage 33-85.
C1 Standard Size Control Transformer,120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
196. 274. 403. 488. 555. 710.
C2 Standard Size Control Transformer,24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primaryand 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
182. 256. 274. 457. 520. 665.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Control PowerTransformers
Make sure 8th characterspecifies primary/secondaryvoltage. SeePage 33-85.
C42 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and1 Secondary
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
293. 458. 520. 605. 605. 710.
C3 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
357. 565. 650. 710. 710. 710.
C4 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
357. 565. 650. 710. 710. 710.
C5 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
467. 590. 705. 777. 777. 777.
C6 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
467. 590. 705. 777. 777. 777.
C7 300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
610. 725. 845. 910. 910. 990.
C8 400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1A – H
2J – K
3L – M
4N
5P – S
6 – 9—
845. 1,000. 1,110. 1,255. 1,255. 1,255.
C9 1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
1,205.
C10 2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
1,800.
C11 Control Transformer — Order by Description
3
C34 CPT with Power Supply for IT. 428.
Control Relays C12 4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V (2NO/2NC)
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
1 Not available for IT. Starters.2 Consult factory for price.
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
3 Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and Control Relay.
Table 33-180. D — Device Labels, Deceleration Relay, Drain and Breather, Duplex Modifications
4 Not available for IT. Starters.5 Consult factory for price.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Control Relays(Continued)
C14 1 4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 2NO-2NC
660.
C15 1 8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 4NO-4NC
725.
C16 Control Relay — Order by Description
2
C20 1 2-Wire Control Relay for Magnetic Lighting Contactors
241.
Cover Control C17 1 Convert Position 9 to E30 Type Cover Control
65.
C19 1 Lock-Off Attachment Added on Cover Control
2
Current Transformer(s)
C21 In Phase 1 505.C22 In Phases 1 and 2 1,015.C23 In 3 Phases 1,510.
CompellingRelay
C25 1 — 475.
ControlWiring
C26 Omit Control Wiring N/CC27 Separate Control 120V —
24V IT. OnlyN/C
C30 1 With Separate Control Wiring and Two 250V Fuses in Holder
161.
C31 1 With Common Control Wiring andTwo 600V (Class CC) Fuses in Holder
Table 33-186. L — Lightning Arrestor, Lugs, Labels, Line and Load Reactor
1 Consult factory for price.2 If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient
voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce line current harmonics.
3 The output line DV/DT filter is required when the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should not exceed 165 feet (50m).
Table 33-187. N — Nameplates
Table 33-188. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell
4 Not available for IT. Starters.5 Consult factory for price.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Remote OperatingKeypads
K1 Remote Operating Station Display 144.
K2 Remote Operating Station EnhancedKeypad
499.
K3 Remote Operating Station Keypad andCopy Unit
1,030.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Lighting Arrestor
L3 Installed on Panel 289.
Lugs L9 Special Lugs — Order by Description 1
Carton Label L10 Customer Marking — Specify 1
LineReactors(AF91)
L12 3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core and Coil 2
240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ 213. 213. 213. 225. 264. 344.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ — 219. 219. 219. 219. 253.
L13 3% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core and Coil 2
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ 213. 225. 264. 344. 362. —
L14 5% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core and Coil 2
240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ 213. 213. 219. 253. 282. 357.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ — 213. 213. 230. 230. 344.
L15 5% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core and Coil 2
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ 213. 213. 213. 213. 264. —
L16 Line Reactor — Order by Description 1
LoadReactors(AF91)
L17 Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and Coil 3
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
U.S. $ — 219. 219. 219. 219. 253.
L18 Load Reactor — Order by Description 1
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Nameplates N1 Enclosure Nameplates 23.
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Push-to-TestPilot Lights
P1 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN)Wired to Coil
217.
P2 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact
302.
P3 Combination of P1 and P2 Above 520.
P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN)Wired to Coil
217.
P49 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN) 217.
P54 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — RedBYPASS (AF91)
217.
P55 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — AmberINVERTER ENABLE (AF91)
217.
P56 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — RedINVERTER RUNNING (AF91)
217.
P57 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green STOP 302.
Pushbuttons P5 EMERGENCY STOP — MushroomHead
289.
P6 4 Pushbutton Omitted N/C
P7 START/STOP 171.
P8 ON/OFF 171.
P9 START 171.
P10 ON 171.
P11 OFF 171.
P12 4 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP 289.
P13 4 FAST/SLOW/STOP 289.
P14 4 FAST/OFF/SLOW 289.
P15 4 HIGH/LOW/STOP 289.
P16 4 HIGH/LOW 289.
P17 4 SLOW/FAST 289.
P18 4 Pushbutton with Legend Plate 5
P52 UP/STOP/DOWN 289.
P53 OPEN/STOP/CLOSE 289.
Pilot Lights P19 With 1 Amber Pilot Light MarkedPOWER AVAILABLE Wired to LoadSide of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker
283.
P20 Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil 171.
P21 4 With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUNWired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
171.
P22 4 With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light MarkedRUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
4 Not available for IT. Starters.5 Consult factory for price.6 Features:
• Self-Powered• Phase Loss Protection• Current Adjustment Knob• ± 1% Repeat Accuracy• 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts
7 Complete Modification Code includes reset code. Example: R52/G102
Modification CatalogNumberSuffix
Description AdderU.S. $
Pilot Lights(Continued)
P58 Pilot Light — Red BYPASS (AF91) 171.P59 1 Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER
ENABLE (AF91)171.
P60 1 Pilot Light — Red INVERTER RUNNING (AF91)
171.
P61 Pilot Light — Green STOP 171.P62 1 FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights 339.P63 1 UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights 339.P64 1 OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights 339.P65 1 HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights 339.P66 1 FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights 339.P67 Green RUN Light 171.P68 LED Bulbs (per light) 35.P69 Blue OVERLOAD Light (AF91) 171.
Illuminated Pushbutton
P27 Illuminated Pushbutton — Order by Description
2
Phase Loss Relay
P28 Phase Loss Relay 570.
Phase Reversal Relay
P30 Phase Reversal Relay 570.
Phase UnbalanceRelay
P32 Phase Unbalance Relay 700.
Phase MonitoringRelay
P34 Phase Monitoring Relay 1,195.
Phase Loss P36 1 Phase Loss Protection Omitted (Advantage)
N/C
P37 1 Modification to Extend Phase Loss Trip Time to 17 Seconds (Advantage)
Adder U.S. $ 55. 55. 69. 69.Resets 4 R5 Change External Reset to Internal Reset —
Hole Covered with PlugN/C
R6 Internal Reset — No Hole Plug N/CR44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay 8.R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay 8.R47 With Internal Trip Indicator (No External
Reset) — Advantage23.
R48 External Reset with External Trip Indicator (Advantage)
Size/Frame Box ReferencesTable 33-197. NEMA 1 Freedom/IEC Non-combination Starters
Table 33-198. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Freedom/Advantage/IEC Non-combination Starters
Table 33-199. NEMA 1 Freedom and Advantage Combination Starters
Table 33-199. NEMA 1 Freedom and Advantage Combination Starters (Continued)
1 Consult factory.
Table 33-200. NEMA 1 Freedom and Advantage Non-reversing Combination Starters — Narrow Enclosure
Table 33-201. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Freedom and Advantage Combination Starters
Note: All NEMA 7 and 9, seePages 33-145 – 33-146.
NEMA Size/IEC Frame BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Non-reversing Starters — without Control Power Transformers00 1 7 (3.2)00 with top adders/SSOL 2 10 (4.5)0 A – F 1 7.1 (3.2)0 with top adders/SSOL 2 10 (4.5)1 1 7.9 (3.6)1 with top adders/SSOL 3 11.5 (5.2)2 G – K 2 8.5 (3.9)3 L – N 4 35 (16)4 4 47 (21)5 P – S 10 139 (63)6 T – U F1E7 V F1E8 F1E9 F1E
Non-reversing Starters — with Control Power Transformers00 3 15 (6.8)0 A – F 3 15 (6.8)1 3 16 (7.3)2 G – K 3 16.2 (7.4)3 L – N 4 42 (19)4 4 54 (25)5 P – S 10 146 (66)6 T – U F1E7 V F1E8 F1E9 F1E
Reversing Starters — without Control Power Transformers00 2 8 (3.6)0 A – F 2 8 (3.6)0 with top adders 3 11 (5)1 3 13 (5.9)1 with top adders 3 13.4 (6.1)2 G – K 3 15 (6.8)3 L – M 4 43 (20)4 9 65 (30)5 10 165 (75)6 F1E7 F1E8 F2E9 F2E
Reversing Starters — with Control Power Transformers00 with top adders 3 15 (6.8)0 A – F 3 15 (6.8)1 with top adders 3 17 (7.7)2 G – K 3 19 (8.6)3 L 4 50 (23)4 9 72 (33)5 M 10 172 (78)6 F1E7 F1E8 F2E9 F2E
NEMA Size/IEC Frame BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Non-reversing Starters — without Control Power Transformers
0 A – F 5 14.3 (6.5)1 (2 Advantage) 5 15.3 (6.9)2 G – K 7 16 (7.3)3 L – N 8 46 (21)4 8 60 (27)5 P – S 10 150 (68)6 T – U F1E7 V F1E8 F1E9 F1E
Non-reversing Starters — with Control Power Transformers
0 A – F 6 18 (8.2)1 6 19 (8.6)2 G – K 6 20 (9)3 L – N 8 53 (24)4 8 67 (30)5 P – S 10 157 (71)6 T – U F1E7 V F1E8 F1E9 F1E
Reversing Starters — with or without Control Power Transformers
0 A – F 7 18.5 (8.4)1 7 19.5 (8.9)2 G – K 7 21 (10)1 – 2 (Advantage w/CPT) 7 24 (11)3 8 48 (22)4 9 72 (33)5 L – M 10 175 (79)6 F1E7 F1E8 F2E9 F2E
NEMA Size (Device) BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Non-reversing —with and without Control Power Transformers
0 A 37 (17)
1 A 38 (17)
2 A 39 (18)
3 C 72 (33)
4 (HMCP) C 90 (41)
4 (Disconnect Switch) D 150 (68)
5 E 180 (82)
6 F1E
7 F2E
8 F2E
9 F2E
NEMA Size (Device) BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Reversing —with and without Control Power Transformers0 B 42 (19)
1 B 43 (20)
2 B 44 (20)
3 C 84 (38)
4 D 173 (79)
5 E
6 F1E
7 F2E
8 F2E
9 1
Non-reversing — Oversized0 – 1 – 2 B 44 (20)
NEMA Size BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
NEMA 1 Enclosed0 – 1 – 2 I 35 (16)
NEMA 12 Enclosed0 – 1 – 2 I 36 (16)
NEMA 12 Enclosed with Safety Door Interlock 0 – 1 – 2 I 37 (17)
NEMA Size (Device) BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Non-reversing — with and without Control Power Transformers0 A 37 (17)1 A 38 (17)2 A 39 (18)3 C 72 (33)4 (HMCP) C 90 (41)4 (Disconnect Switch) D 150 (68)5 E 180 (82)6 F1E7 F2E8 F2E9 F2E
Electrically Held — Non-reversing (3P Only) — with or without Control Power Transformers
30A A 35 (16)60A A 36 (16)
100A C 65 (30)200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)200A with Thermal Magnetic
BreakerE 150 (68)
300A E 160 (73)400A E 170 (77)
Magnetically Latched — Non-reversing (3P Only) — with or without Control Power Transformers
30A A 35 (16)60A A 36 (16)
100A C 65 (30)200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)200A with Thermal Magnetic
BreakerE 150 (68)
300A E400A E
Ampere Size (Device) BoxNo.
ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)
Electrically Held — Non-reversing (3P only) — with or without Control Power Transformers30A A 35 (16)60A A 36 (16)100A C 65 (30)200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)200A with Thermal Magnetic
BreakerE 150 (68)
300A E 160 (73)400A E 170 (77)
Magnetically Latched — Non-reversing (3P Only) — with or without Control Power Transformers30A A 35 (16)60A A 36 (16)100A C 65 (30)200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)200A with Thermal Magnetic
Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" &3/4" Conduit – 6 Required(1 Bottom, 1 Top & 2 Each Side)
1.12(28.4)
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-144
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersFreedom/Advantage/Lighting — Enclosed
Dimensions
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0162]
Figure 33-108. Box K 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-109. Box L 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)1 Knockouts are not supplied for NEMA 12 or 3R types; all other dimensions apply. Consult factory for NEMA 4X.
Product DescriptionSetting a New Standard in Motor ControlRevolutionary in design, Advantage motor starters employ state-of-the-art technology in solving motor control application problems that have existed for ages. Customer focus group input and 66,000 man-hours of engineering ingenuity have been combined to create a motor starter that dramatically extends operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, Advantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying con-trol circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of fluttering control signals.
Advantage is designed with a full com-plement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload pro-tection options provide application flexibility while reducing inventory. Communication capability extends benefits, allowing Advantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated in the Advantage design, such as pre-start diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benefits not real-ized in traditional motor starters.
BenefitsAdvantage BreakthroughsTo achieve the level of benefits envi-sioned for Advantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that
simply improving existing design con-cepts would fall short of the mark. A new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three techni-cal breakthroughs — new current sensing monitoring, an energy-balanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelli-gent coil controller optimizing the con-tact closing process based on varying control circuit conditions. Coordinat-ing these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SURE chip.
Patented SURE Chip Increases LifeAdvantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientifically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specific micro-processor chip, called SURE, regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The regulated closing profile is tai-lored to existing control circuit condi-tions by the SURE chip. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechani-cal and electrical life.
Improved Protection and Motor UtilizationThe motor circuit monitoring and over-load protection functions of Advan-tage starters are provided by three
current sensors closely monitored by the SURE chip. This sensor/micropro-cessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. Accurate to 2% of full scale, Advantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor dam-age or nuisance tripping.
No Heaters, Small SizeAdvantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Standard overload protection func-tions include phase loss and unbal-ance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection.
Built-In Communications Capabilities Provide Two-Way ControlAdvantage also offers low cost commu-nication capability. ON/OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compat-ible with many computer-based soft-ware systems in use today.
Protected by 22 patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, Advan-tage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices.
Instructional Leaflets17401 Sizes 1, 2 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters17403 Sizes 3, 4 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters17405 Sizes 5, 6 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters17482 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters17484B Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters17486 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters17456 Sizes 1, 2 Contactor Overload Combo17457 Sizes 3, 4 Contactor Overload Combo17604 Sizes 5, 6 Contactor Overload Combo17595 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM17596 Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM17597 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM17598 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM17599 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM17600 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM17601 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM17602 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM17603 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-148
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.2 Transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings.
Table 33-217. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Ground Current Sensing ProtectionEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters with ground cur-rent sensing protection feature provide equipment protec-tion against ground currents between a factory-set low level and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters. The ground current sensing protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs) designed to protect people. Additionally, branch circuit short-circuit protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the interrupting rating of the starter.
Table 33-218. Ground Current Sensing
The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the phase current and ground current.
Phase UnbalanceIf the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 30% of the DIP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbal-ance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required for reset. This feature is standard in the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starter. To customize your protection, phase unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection using an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Phase LossThe Advantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starter. The phase loss protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Table 33-219. Phase Trip Time
3 Size 1 Lower Current Range for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.1 Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities.
Advantage contactors will withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and will close successfully at 65% of their rated voltage.
Motor FLA, Three-Phase ACTable 33-222. Data from Table 430-150 of 1990 NEC
Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip cur-rent setting should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
Table 33-223. Temperature Specifications, Sizes 1 – 6
External (NEMA Enclosed) -40° to 40°C(-40° to 104°F)
Reset Method Position 8
MANUAL (Non-automatic — wait 5 minutes) 0
AUTOMATIC (Reset time is based on protection Class) 1
Overload Class Position 7 Position 6
102030None
0011
0101
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
55
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage Technical Data and Specifications
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0173]
33
Overload Trip Current Settings
Full Voltage StartersTo select the overload current trip setting, find the starter size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate in column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to correspond to the table.
Reduced Voltage StartersMultiply the full load current from motor nameplate by factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in Column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to correspond to the table.
Table 33-225. Factor
Table 33-226. Size 1 — Lower Current Range
1 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Figure 33-111. DIP Switch, Terminals and Reset
Table 33-227. Size 1 — Upper Current Range
2 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-228. Size 2 — Current Range
3 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Catalog Number MultiplierFactor
W600 AutotransformerW700 Part WindingW800, W890 Wye-Delta
1.0.5.575
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 1
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
.47 –
.52 –
.57 –
.62 –
.69 –
.51
.56
.61
.68
.75
.51 –
.57 –
.62 –
.68 –
.75 –
.56
.61
.67
.74
.82
.59
.65
.71
.78
.86
0000000001000100001100100
.76 –
.83 –
.91 –1.01 –1.10 –
.82
.901.001.091.21
.83 –
.90 –
.99 –1.10 –1.20 –
.89
.981.091.191.31
.951.041.141.261.38
0010100110001110100001001
1.22 –1.34 –1.47 –1.62 –1.78 –
1.331.461.611.771.95
1.32 –1.45 –1.60 –1.76 –1.94 –
1.441.591.751.932.12
1.521.671.842.022.23
0101001011011000110101110
1.96 –2.15 –2.37 –2.61 –2.86 –
2.142.362.602.853.14
2.13 –2.34 –2.57 –2.83 –3.11 –
2.332.562.823.103.42
2.452.692.963.263.58
0111110000100011001010011
3.15 –3.47 –
3.463.81
3.43 –3.77 –
3.764.14
3.944.34
1010010101
1
1234567
8
0
Auto/ManClassOL Set 3 P E C
ControlVoltage
Reset
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 2
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
3.15 –3.47 –3.82 –4.20 –4.62 –
3.463.814.194.615.0
3.43 –3.76 –4.14 –4.56 –5.00 –
3.754.134.554.995.4
3.934.334.775.255.77
0000000001000100001100100
5.2 –5.6 –6.1 –6.7 –7.4 –
5.56.06.67.38.1
5.5 –6.1 –6.6 –7.3 –8.1 –
6.06.57.28.08.8
6.356.97.78.59.3
0010100110001110100001001
8.2 –9.0 –9.9 –
10.9 –12.0 –
8.99.80.811.913.1
8.9 –9.7 –
10.7 –11.8 –13.0 –
9.610.611.712.914.2
10.211.212.413.615.0
0101001011011000110101110
13.2 –14.5 –15.9 –17.5 –19.3 –
14.415.817.419.221.1
14.3 –15.8 –17.3 –19.0 –21.0 –
15.717.218.920.922.9
16.518.119.921.924.1
0111110000100011001010011
21.2 –23.4 –25.7 –
23.325.627.0
23.0 –25.3 –—
25.227.0—
26.529.132.1
101001010110110
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 3
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
3.15 –3.47 –3.82 –4.20 –4.62 –
3.463.814.194.615.0
3.43 –3.76 –4.14 –4.56 –5.00 –
3.754.134.554.995.4
3.934.334.775.255.77
0000000001000100001100100
5.1 –5.6 –6.1 –6.7 –7.4 –
5.56.06.67.38.1
5.5 –6.1 –6.6 –7.3 –8.1 –
6.06.57.28.08.8
6.356.97.78.59.3
0010100110001110100001001
8.2 –9.0 –9.9 –
10.9 –12.0 –
8.99.8
10.811.913.1
8.9 –9.7 –
10.7 –11.8 –13.0 –
9.610.611.712.914.2
10.211.212.413.615.0
0101001011011000110101110
13.2 –14.5 –15.9 –17.5 –19.3 –
14.415.817.419.221.1
14.3 –15.8 –17.3 –19.0 –21.0 –
15.717.218.920.922.9
16.518.119.921.924.1
0111110000100011001010011
21.2 –23.3 –25.7 –28.2 –31.1 –
23.225.628.131.034.1
23.0 –25.3 –27.9 –30.6 –33.8 –
25.227.830.533.737.0
26.529.132.135.338.9
1010010101101101011111000
34.2 –37.6 –41.3 –
37.541.245.0
37.1 –40.8 –44.9 –
40.744.845.0
42.847.051.6
110011101011011
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-156
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage
Technical Data and Specifications
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0174]
Overload Trip Current Settings (Continued)Table 33-229. Size 3 Current Range
1 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-230. Size 4 Current Range
2 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-231. Size 5 Current Range
3 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-232. Size 6 Current Range
4 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 1
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
9.9 –10.9 –12.0 –13.2 –14.5 –
10.811.913.114.415.8
10.8 –11.8 –13.0 –14.3 –15.7 –
11.712.914.215.617.2
12.413.615.016.518.1
0000000001000100001100100
15.9 –17.5 –19.3 –21.2 –23.3 –
17.319.221.123.225.6
17.3 –19.0 –21.0 –23.0 –25.3 –
18.920.922.925.227.8
19.921.924.126.529.1
0010100110001110100001001
25.7 –28.2 –31.0 –34.2 –37.6 –
28.130.934.137.541.3
27.9 –30.7 –33.7 –37.1 –40.9 –
30.633.637.040.844.9
32.135.338.842.747.0
0101001011011000110101110
41.4 –45.5 –50.1 –55.0 –60.6 –
45.450.054.960.566.5
45.0 –49.5 –54.4 –59.8 –65.8 –
49.454.359.765.772.3
51.756.962.668.875.7
0111110000100011001010011
66.6 –73.3 –80.8 –88.8 –
73.280.788.790.0
72.4 –79.7 –87.8 –—
79.687.790.0—
83.391.6
101.0111.0
10100101011011010111
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 2
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
9.9 –10.9 –12.0 –13.2 –14.5 –
10.811.913.114.415.8
10.8 –11.8 –13.0 –14.3 –15.7 –
11.712.914.215.617.2
12.413.615.016.518.1
0000000001000100001100100
15.9 –17.5 –19.3 –21.2 –23.3 –
17.419.221.123.225.6
17.3 –19.0 –21.0 –23.0 –25.3 –
18.920.922.925.227.8
19.921.924.126.529.1
0010100110001110100001001
25.7 –28.2 –31.0 –34.2 –37.6 –
28.130.934.137.541.3
27.9 –30.7 –33.7 –37.1 –40.9 –
30.633.637.040.844.9
32.135.338.842.747.0
0101001011011000110101110
41.4 –45.5 –50.1 –55.0 –60.6 –
45.450.054.960.566.5
45.0 –49.5 –54.4 –59.8 –65.8 –
49.454.359.765.772.3
51.756.962.668.875.7
0111110000100011001010011
66.6 –73.3 –80.8 –88.8 –97.6 –
73.280.788.797.5
106
72.4 –79.7 –87.8 –96.5 –
106 –
79.687.796.4
105116
83.391.6
101111122
1010010101101101011111000
107 –118 –130 –
117129133
117 –128 –—
127133—
134147162
110011101011011
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 3
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
38.3 –42.0 –46.2 –51.1 –56.0 –
41.946.151.055.961.7
41.7 –45.7 –50.2 –55.6 –60.9 –
45.650.155.560.867.1
47.952.557.763.970.0
0000000001000100001100100
61.8 –67.6 –75.0 –82.4 –90.4 –
67.574.982.390.399.9
67.2 –73.5 –81.5 –89.6 –98.3 –
73.481.489.598.2
108
77.384.593.7
103113
0010100110001110100001001
100 –110 –121 –133 –146 –
109120132145159
109 –119 –131 –144 –158 –
118130143157173
125137151166182
0101001011011000110101110
160 –176 –194 –214 –234 –
175193213233257
174 –191 –210 –232 –255 –
190209231254270
200220242267293
0111110000100011001010011
258 – 270 — — 322 10100
Column AService Factor1.15 to 1.25
Column BService Factor1.0
Trip RatingAmperes
DIP Switch Setting 4
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
38.3 –42.0 –46.2 –51.1 –56.0 –
41.946.151.055.961.7
41.7 –45.7 –50.2 –55.6 –60.9 –
45.650.155.560.867.1
47.952.557.763.970.0
0000000001000100001100100
61.8 –67.6 –75.0 –82.4 –90.4 –
67.574.982.390.399.9
67.2 –73.5 –81.5 –89.6 –98.3 –
73.481.489.598.2
108
77.384.593.7
103113
0010100110001110100001001
100 –110 –121 –133 –146 –
109120132145159
109 –119 –131 –144 –158 –
118130143157173
125137151166182
0101001011011000110101110
160 –176 –194 –214 –234 –
175193213233257
174 –191 –210 –232 –255 –
190209231254279
200220242267293
0111110000100011001010011
258 –283 –312 –343 –377 –
282311342376414
280 –308 –339 –373 –410 –
307338372409450
322354390429471
1010010101101101011111000
415 –457 –502 –
456501540
451 –497 –—
496540—
519571628
110011101011011
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
57
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage Technical Data and Specifications
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0175]
33
Short Circuit RatingsTable 33-233. Short-Circuit Ratings
1 Instantaneous adjustable trip.2 Circuit breaker.3 Inverse time circuit breaker.4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0176]
DeviceNet™ Communications Module
DeviceNet Module
The DeviceNet Communications mod-ule (Catalog Number WPONIDNA) is designed to plug into the Advantage with the attached cable and plug. The module can be snapped onto the top or bottom of the Advantage unit. It can also be mounted separately using the mounting plate assembly (Catalog Number WPONIBASE). The module provides DeviceNet users with the ability to control and monitor the func-tions of the Advantage system at 125, 250 or 500 kbaud. A connector is pro-vided so that a HAND/OFF/AUTO hard contact may be used to selectively enable or disable the output of the control functions from the module without affecting its ability to monitor. A “Feedback” input is provided so that the state of an auxiliary contact may be read over the DeviceNet network.
Three bicolor LEDs indicate:
■ DeviceNet address■ Network status (including
connected, not connected, not powered)
■ Module status (including normal operation, minor fault, needs commissioning)
Table 33-234. DeviceNet Interface
Note: See Page 33-173 for WPONI Network Interface.
Description CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
DeviceNet InterfaceModule
WPONIDNA 570.00
Mounting Plate Assembly
WPONIBASE 26.00
Type W Auxiliary Contact Modules■ Provides four separate contact sets
which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates NC and silver designated NO.
■ Up to two auxiliary contact modules can be mounted for a total of up to eight contact sets.
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polar-ity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts.
■ Common design fits all Sizes 1 – 6.
Table 33-235. Ratings
Table 33-236. Auxiliary Contact Modules
Bell Alarm Module
Bell Alarm Module
■ Simple snap-on mounting —see mounting examples in Figure 33-112.
■ Isolated NO and NC contacts (1 each)
■ Plugs into Reset port■ Remote electrical Reset wired to
Catalog Number WBELL module
Table 33-237. Ratings
Transformer Pilot Light KitsTable 33-238. Transformer Pilot Light Kits
Voltage Make Break
NEMA A600 — 120 – 600V AC
7200 VA 720 VA
NEMA Q300 — 125 – 300V DC
69 VA 69 VA
Description CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
2NO, 2NC3NO, 1NC4NO4NC1NO, 3NC1NO, 1NC and 2 Tie Points
Figure 33-112. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mechanical Interlock Kits
Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit
■ Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multi-speed controller until the opposite contactor is completely open.
■ Lever type mechanism assures positive action.■ Electrical interlocking contacts included — two NC
contacts.
Note: These kits cannot be field installed on reversing starters.
Table 33-239. Mechanical Interlock Kits
1 Used to interlock a Size 1 or 2 to a Size 3 or 4 — mounts on right only.2 Used to interlock a Size 3 or 4 to a Size 5 or 6 — mounts on right only.3 Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock.
Control Wire Ring/Spade Terminal Block
Figure 33-113. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
■ For use with all Sizes 1 – 6.■ Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped
conductors.■ Bottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors.■ Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary
contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W auxiliary contacts.
■ Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters.
Table 33-240. Control Wire Terminal Block
Orientation NEMA Size Catalog Number
PriceU.S. $
Horizontal 1 – 6 WM16H 55.50
Vertical 1, 23, 456
WM12VWM34VWM55VWM66V
55.5093.50
498.00498.00
Vertical 1 or 2 to 3 or 43 or 4 to 5 or 65, 6
WM23VR 1
WM45VR 2
WMBBV 3
93.50498.00910.00
Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6
1.68(42.7)
1.47(37.3)
2.14(54.4)
1.61(40.9)
.29(7.4)
1.02 (25.9)For Removalof Plug(All Sizes)
For Removalof Bell AlarmModule .55 (14.0)(All Sizes)
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage Advantage Control Modules
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0179]
33
The Advantage Control Modules (ACM) provide a cost-effective alterna-tive to pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights, reset mechanisms, bell alarms and panel meters when used with the Advantage product line. Typical input/output control functions provided by panel mounted devices are conveniently packaged in a series of modules depending on application and complexity.
Sixteen styles cover applications ranging from:
■ Full voltage non-reversing■ Full voltage reversing■ Full voltage multispeed■ Reduced voltage■ DeviceNet compatible
Modules exist for each application to provide the functions of:
■ Status only❑ Indicating lights❑ Reset
■ Status, START/STOP and RESET■ Status, HOA and RESET■ Status, START/STOP/HOA and
RESET
Full Voltage PushbuttonControl Module
Metering Module
An additional Metering Module replaces conventional ammeters (three-phase), replaces reset mecha-nisms and displays trip cause and data, control voltage and status.
This Metering Module can be used independently or in conjunction with any of the ACMs. An extra plug con-nection is available on the rear of each ACM to accept the Metering Module input.
The ACM family has been designed to save:
■ Panel space (versus conventional pushbuttons, selector switches and indicating lights)
■ Mounting and assembly labor■ Wiring and installation time
Regardless of the configuration, instal-lation requires mounting only one 2.25 x 3.5 inch module, substantially reduc-ing space requirements. Fitting a stan-dard Greenlee punch and die set, Greenlee #60071, installation is accomplished with only two screws.
ACMs provide savings in wiring costs as well. Regardless of the complexity of the application, wiring is reduced to a single plug-in cable, see photo at left.
Communication is not restricted by use of the Advantage Control Mod-ules. An extra plug connection is available on the rear of the ACM or Metering Module to allow a WPONIDNA or WPONI Communica-tions module to be plugged in.
Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules
Status Only■ 4 LEDs indicate that the motor is
OFF, Running, Tripped or in Alarm mode (motor current is above the trip current setting)
■ Includes RESET button
START/STOP■ Motor START/STOP controlled by
START and STOP buttons■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
HOA Selector Switch with START/STOP■ In HAND mode, motor will start and
stop in response to START/STOP pushbuttons
■ In AUTO mode, motor will run in response to remote signal
■ Includes all features of Status Only module
ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch■ Motor will run in ON mode and not
in the OFF mode■ In AUTO mode the motor will run in
response to a remote signal■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
Reduced Voltage Control ModulesThe four reduced voltage pushbutton control modules provide control using two to four starters and/or contactors. The faceplates are identical to the full voltage modules, and the pushbuttons all perform the same functions. The module is programmed for the type of reduced voltage starter which sets the sequence of contact open and closing.
Figure 33-115. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
RES
Reset
Run
Off
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
RESReset
RESReset
RESReset
Run
Off
Run
HANDSTART
STOP
START
STOP
OFF
AUTO
ON
OFF
AUTO
Off
Run
Off
Status Only START/STOPControl
HAND/OFF/AUTO Controlwith START/STOP Pushbutton
Control in HAND Mode
ON/OFF/AUTOControl
3.5(88.9)
2.25 (57.2)
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-162
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage
Advantage Control Modules
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0180]
Reversing and 2-Speed Pushbutton Modules
Figure 33-116. Reversing and 2-Speed Pushbutton Module
ACM Specifications■ Input supply requirements: 120V AC
(supplied by the Advantage motor controller)
■ Max. distance from Advantage motor controller: 6 ft. (1.83m)
■ Operating frequency: 50 or 60 Hz■ Operating temperature: -20° to 70°C■ Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C■ Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing■ Remote input wire size: 18 – 14 AWG■ Maximum distance between remote
pushbuttons and ACM: 200 ft. (60.9m)
■ Cutout dimensions: 2.25 x 3.5 inches (57.2 x 88.9 mm) (see above). The cutout can be made using a Greenlee rectangular punch #600710
■ Enclosure type: NEMA 1 or 12, when properly installed
RESReset
Run Fwd
Run RevOff
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
Status Only
RES
Reset
REVFWD
STOP
Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
START/STOPControl
RES
Reset
REV
AUTO
OFF
STOP
HAND
FWD
Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
OL Alarm
TripOL Trip
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO Control
3.5(88.9)
2.25 (57.2)
Status Only■ 5 LEDs which indicate that the
motor is OFF, running forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW), tripped or in alarm mode
■ Includes RESET button
FORWARD (FAST)/REVERSE (SLOW)/STOP■ Pushbuttons control whether motor
is running forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW) or stopped
■ Includes all features of Status Only module
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO■ In AUTO mode, motor is running
forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW) or OFF in response to a remote signal
■ All features of FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP module
Note: For 2-speed modules, FAST replaces FWD and SLOW replaces REV.
Metering ModuleThe Advantage Metering Module mon-itors status of a motor along with any of the pushbutton modules. It may be plugged into the pushbutton control module, and communicates to the starter through it, or plugged directly into the starter when a pushbutton control module is not used.
The four digit display will show the current in each phase, control voltage or cause of trip. The STEP button may be pressed to step through these val-ues, and the five LEDs will indicate which value is being displayed. It is also equipped with a reset button and Trip Lockout LED.
Table 33-248. Control Modules/Accessories
1 The WPBFV5 and WPBFV7 are DeviceNet® only. They can only be used when an active network is connected.
Description CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
Full VoltageStatus Only with ResetSTART/STOPSTART/STOP/HOAON/OFF/AUTOLOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Lockable ACM 1LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Network Health 1
WPBFV1WPBFV2WPBFV3WPBFV4WPBFV5 1
WPBFV7 1
195.00286.00351.00257.00377.00377.00
ReversingStatus Only with ResetFWD/REV/STOPFWD/REV/STOP/HOA
WPBR1WPBR2WPBR3
286.00286.00474.00
2-SpeedStatus Only with ResetFAST/SLOW/STOPFAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA
WPB2S1WPB2S2WPB2S3
286.00411.00474.00
Reduced VoltageStatus Only with ResetSTART/STOPSTART/STOP/HOAON/OFF/AUTO
WPBRV1WPBRV2WPBRV3WPBRV4
203.00286.00351.00268.00
Metering Module10 ft. Interconnect Cable (3m)6 ft. Interconnect Cable (1.8m)3 ft. Interconnect Cable (.9m)1 ft. Interconnect Jumper (.3m)
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0182]
Horizontal Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-118. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection.
Table 33-250. Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors NEMA Size
Vertical Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-119. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection.
Table 33-251. Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors NEMA Size
Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-121. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection.
Table 33-253. Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters NEMA Size
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block(Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
AF
D J
IG
E C
B
H
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.(When Used)
Control Wire TBfor CustomerConnection
Matches BottomMounting for A210
Size 3 and 4
Slots for 1/4-20Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
4 Pt. Control TerminalBlock (Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 1Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Figure 2Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
OL SelectionDIP Switch
OL SelectionDIP Switch
Trip Ind./ResetConnector
(When Used)
Communication Connector(When Used)
CommunicationConnector
(When Used)
ManualReset(WhenUsed)
Trip Ind./ResetConnector
(When Used)
ManualReset(WhenUsed)
Push.02 (.5)in toReset(WhenUsed)
Push.02 (.5)in toReset(WhenUsed)
A C
I
D
G
B
HK
J
4 Circuit Aux.Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Holes for 5/16Mounting Bolts
(4 Places) OL Selection DIP Switch
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
ManualReset
(When Used)
Figure 3Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Trip Ind./ResetConnector
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)in to Reset
(When Used)
CommunicationConnector
(When Used)
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-168
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage
Dimensions
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0186]
Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-122. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection.
Table 33-254. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters NEMA Size
Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-123. Typical Wiring Diagrams
1 Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
132
3M
GMa
Mb
R
PEC
StartStop
StartOptional
Stop
OptionalEmergency Stop
H2
M
Motor
X2
Stopped
No ConnectionWhen OptionalStart/StopPushbutton Used
Optional
Running
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
3M
GMa
Mb
R
PEC
Automatic
H2
M
Motor
X2
StoppedOptional
Running
OptionalEmergency Stop
RemoteControlDevice
JumperOff
Hand
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor2-Wire Control with Maintained HOA Switch
Cat. No. W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactor a
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Cat. No. W251 Vertical Reversing Contactor3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Fm and Rm Are Electrical ContactsOperated by the Mechanical Interlock
T1
T3
T2
Mo
tor
T2
T3
T1
Sto
pFw
dR
ev
32
54
Stop Fwd Rev
3 2 54
F
F
FR
R
RR
G
F
3P
EC
3P
EC
R
R
L1 L1X
1H
1
X2
H2
L2 L2
L3 L3
Mech
anical
Interlo
ck
Basep
late with
Co
mp
on
ents as S
up
plied
Electrical
Interlo
cksR
m
Fm
3 – Start
P – R
un
Perm
it /S
top
E – P
ow
erC
– Co
mm
on
Op
tion
alE
merg
ency
Sto
p
43
CE
52
43
CE
52
Optional
Forward
Reverse
Stopped
Fm an
d R
m A
re Electrical C
on
tactsO
perated
by th
e Mech
anical In
terlock
= Accessib
le Termin
als
Co
nd
ucto
rs Extern
al to B
aseplate
Are In
staller Co
nn
ection
s
Fm
Rm
Mech
ancial
Interlo
cks
Electrical
Interlo
cks
R
3 P E C
F
Sto
pp
ed
Reverse
Forw
ard
3 P E C
R
F
RRF
T1 T3T2
Motor
T2
T3
T1
R
F R
L1
L1X1 H1
X2 H2
L2
L2
L3
L3
3 – StartP – Run Permit /StopE – PowerC – Common
OptionalEmergency
Stop
Optional (Dashed Area)
R G
Baseplatewith Components
as Supplied
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-170
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage
Wiring Diagrams
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0188]
Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-124. Typical Wiring Diagrams
1 Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
132
3M
GMa
Mb
R
Reset
TripInd./Reset
(When Used)
PEC
StartStop
StartOptional
Stop
OptionalEmergency Stop
H2
M
Motor
X2
(Current Sensors Are IntegralInside Starter Units)
Stopped
No ConnectionWhen OptionalStart/StopPushbutton Used
Optional
Running
Start2 3StopStop
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
3M
PONIMod.
GMa
Mb
R
Reset
TripInd./Reset
(When Used)To
OtherIMPACCNetworkDevices
ToIMPACC
Network PC
PEC
H2
M
Motor
X2(Current Sensors Are IntegralInside Starter Units)
Product DescriptionThe Advantage Central Monitoring Unit is a communications center which transmits to and receives data from up to 99 Advantage starters or contactors or IQ500s equipped with PONI cards. The CMU can be mounted on the door of a motor control center or custom panel using the existing IQ cutout dimensions.
The eight-digit alphanumeric display monitors active data, trip data or set points. The group of data being dis-played is indicated by one of three LEDs and is selected by the user. The two-digit alphanumeric display indi-cates the address of the device about which the data is being displayed. This address is also selected by the user.
Five LEDs are provided which indicate the present status of the selected starter. Two additional LEDs are also provided at the top of the panel, one which indicates that the CMU is OPERATIONAL, and another which indicates ALARM status. An ACKNOWLEDGE/RESET button permits the user to reset the CMUfollowing a device trip.
The CMU can be interfaced into a larger PowerNet network with the addition of a PowerNet PONI Communications Module.
Parameters Displayed■ Monitored values:
❑ Device description❑ 1A, 1B, 1C currents❑ Control voltage (excluding IQ500)❑ Present time, date❑ Resettable operation count❑ Run time, hours
■ Trip data — same as current values with cause of trip
■ Set points:❑ Device size❑ OL trip current setting (FLA
setting)❑ OL trip class❑ Ground fault protection —
■ IQ500M — Special Functions Module set points — if LOAD CONTROL selected:❑ Load shed level❑ Load shed delay time❑ Load resume level❑ Load resume delay time❑ Long acceleration time
If UNDERLOAD/JAM selected:
❑ Jam trip level❑ Jam trip delay time❑ Jam start delay time❑ Underload trip level❑ Underload trip delay time❑ Underload start delay time❑ Long acceleration time❑ Relay control
Technical Data■ Device power requirement: 10 VA
maximum■ Frequency: 50/60 Hz■ Line characteristics: 120 or 240V AC
+20%, -20% (auto selected)■ Operating temperature: 0° to 70°C
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0190]
Wiring Diagram
Figure 33-126. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product SelectionTable 33-255. Central Monitoring Unit Description Catalog
NumberPriceU.S. $
Advantage Central Monitoring Unit WCMU 2,130.
1. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair Conductors. No. 18 AWG Shielded.2. Refer to Starter Wiring Diagrams for Actual Connections.3. A 150 Ohm (1/2 Watt) Carbon Composition Resistor Unit Must Be Installed on the Most Remote Starter Terminals as Shown.4. An Eaton‘s Cutler-Hammer CONI (Computer Operated Network Interface) Card Must Be Inserted into the Computer Frame. (See IL 17199)
5. Modular Telephone Connector. Type RJ11 is to Be Supplied by the Customer and Wired per View A Required at Computer.6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown.7. Where Devices Are Daisy Chained, Tie Shielding Together for Continuity.8. On Last Device in Network, Tie Back Shield and Tape.
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage PowerNet Communication Devices
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0191]
33
Product Operated Network Interface (PONI)
Product DescriptionTo use the PowerNet Communications network with Advantage motor con-trol, a PONI is required for each device. The WPONI operates at 9600 baud.
Communications Data■ ON/OFF reset■ Status (ON, OFF, TRIPPED, NO
RESPONSE)■ 3-phase unbalance■ % phase unbalance■ Control voltage■ Overload protection settings■ Cause of trip■ Trip data
Product DescriptionSetting a New Standard in Motor ControlRevolutionary in design, Advantage motor starters employ state-of-the-art technology in solving motor control application problems that have existed for ages. Customer focus group input and 66,000 man-hours of engineering ingenuity have been combined tocreate a motor starter that dramatically extends operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, Advantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying con-trol circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of fluttering control signals.
Advantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application flexibility while reducing inventory. Communication capability extends benefits, allowing Advantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated in the Advantage design, such as pre-start diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benefits not realized in traditional motor starters.
Features, Functions, Benefits
Advantage BreakthroughsTo achieve the level of benefits envi-sioned for Advantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. A new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs — new current sensing monitoring, an energy-balanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying control circuit condi-tions. Coordinating these break-throughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SURE chip.
Patented SURE Chip Increases LifeAdvantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientifically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specific micro-processor chip, called the SURE chip, regulates power supplied to the oper-ating coil. The regulated closing profile is tailored to existing control circuit conditions by the SURE chip. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechanical and electrical life.
Improved Protection and Motor UtilizationThe motor circuit monitoring and over-load protection functions of Advan-tage starters are provided by three current sensors closely monitored by the SURE chip. This sensor/micropro-cessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. Accurate to 2%, Advantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor damage or nuisance tripping.
No Heaters, Small SizeAdvantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Stan-dard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection.
Built-In Communications Capabilities Provide Two-Way ControlAdvantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON-OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today.
Protected by 22 patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, Advan-tage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices.
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
75
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Catalog Number Selection
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0193]
33
Catalog Number Selection Table 33-257. Advantage Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
1 Refer to Enclosed Control Product Guide, PG.3.02.T.E.2 Use with Sizes L – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
3 When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18), see Table 33-259 for system voltage code.
Table 33-259. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
Design
Class
01 - Contactors 02 - Reversing Contactors05 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination06 - Reversing, Non-combination07 - FVNR Non-combination, with CPT16 - Combination with Disconnect Switch17 - Reversing, Combination with Disconnect Switch18 - Combination with Disconnect Switch, with CPT22 - Combination with HMCP/E23 - Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E24 - Combination with HMCP/E with CPT33 - Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination 34 - Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination35 - Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination36 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W37 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT38 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH39 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W 40 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT41 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH42 - Autotransformer, Non-combination43 - Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch44 - Autotransformer, with HMCP/E45 - Part-Winding, Non-combination46 - Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch47 - Part-Winding, with Circuit Breaker48 - Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination49 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch50 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Circuit Breaker51 - Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination52 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch53 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Circuit Breaker54 - Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch55 - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E62 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch63 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect65 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker68 - Duplex, Non-combination69 - Duplex, with Disconnect Switch70 - Duplex, with HMCP/E
a
a
33-17633-17833-18033-18233-18433-18633-18733-18933-191 a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Enclosure Types
1 - Type 1 – General Purpose2 - Type 3R – Rainproof3 - Type 4 – Watertight (Painted Steel)4 - Type 4X – Watertight (Stainless Steel)5 - Type 4X – Corrosion (nonmetallic)6 - Type 7/9 – Bolted Hazardous Location7 - Type 7/9 – Threaded Hazardous Location8 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight9 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight with Safety Door Interlock
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
None30A/250V R30A/600V R60A/250V R60A/600V R100A/250V R
A -B -C -D -E -F -
G -H -J -K -L -M -
100A/600V R200A/250V R200A/600V R400A/250V R400A/600V R600A/250V R
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Non-combination
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0195]
33
Table 33-261. Class ECA05 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Non-reversing — NEMA 7 and 9
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
3 All starters provided with coils for separate control.4 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Non-combination
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0196]
Table 33-262. Class ECA06 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Reversing 9 — NEMA 3R, 4X, 12
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
3 All starters provided with coils for separate control.4 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
5 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5 of PG.3.02.T.E.
6 Choose a NEMA 12 enclosure for NEMA 1 applications.7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.9 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
NEMASize
MotorVoltage1
MaximumhpRating1
MagnetCoilVoltage34
3-Pole NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole NEMA 4X 7
Watertight & Dust-TightStainless or Painted Steel
3-Pole NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset (NEMA 3R) 56
Table 33-265. Class ECA07 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing — NEMA 7 and 9
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0201]
33
Table 33-267. Class ECA16 — NEMA Rated — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control.3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.4 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
of PG.3.02.T.E.
5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1618FAA would become ECA1619FAA.
7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0202]
Table 33-268. Class ECA17 — NEMA Rated — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing j k
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control.3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.4 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
of PG.3.02.T.E.5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1718FAC would become ECA1719FAC.
7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
8 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-122.
9 Size 6 includes control power transformer.j Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard. k 100,000 AIC short circuit — 600V maximum.
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0203]
33
Table 33-269. Class ECA17 — NEMA Rated — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing 9
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control.3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.4 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
of PG.3.02.T.E.5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1718FAA would become ECA1719FAA.
7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.9 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0204]
Table 33-270. Class ECA18 — NEMA Rated — Fusible and Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT— Non-reversing
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
2 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-175.
3 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5 of PG.3.02.T.E.
4 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
5 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1818EAA would become ECA1819EAA.
6 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. 7 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods,
Page 33-122.8 100,000 AIC short circuit.
NEMASize
PrimaryVoltage2
Max.hpRatingDualElementFuses
SecondaryVoltage
MagnetCoilVoltage
FuseClipAmps.7
3-Pole NEMA 1General Purpose
3-Pole NEMA 3RRainproof
3-Pole NEMA 4X 6
Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless or Painted Steel
3-Pole NEMA 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset (NEMA 3R)345
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Starters — Combination with HMCP, HMCPE or Magnetic Trip
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0207]
33
Table 33-273. Class ECA23 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker — Reversing 6 — NEMA 1, 3R, 4X
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control.3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.5 Size 6 includes control power transformer. 6 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
33-1NEMA Contactors & StartersAdvantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed Cover Control
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0211]
33
Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices — Factory Installed — NEMA 1, 12 OnlyFor Factory Installed flange mounted pilot devices using Advantage Control Modules (ACMs), change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following (A49 through A62) Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog Number. In addition, one A63 Mod may be added if desired.
Table 33-277. Cover Control Product Selection
Figure 33-128. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Other Cover Control DevicesSee Pages 33-115 – 33-116 in NEMA Contactors & Starters, Freedom Line.
Flange Mounted Pilot DevicesDescription
Catalog NumberField Installation Kits
PriceU.S. $
Mod CodeSuffix
AdderU.S. $
Full VoltageStatus Only with ResetSTART/STOPSTART/STOP/HOAON/OFF/AUTO
WPBFV1WPBFV2WPBFV3WPBFV4
195.00286.00351.00257.00
A49A50A51A52
381.00458.00525.00441.00
ReversingStatus Only with ResetFWD/REV/STOPFWD/REV/STOP/HOA
WPBR1WPBR2WPBR3
286.00411.00474.00
A53A54A55
490.00610.00680.00
2-SpeedStatus Only with ResetFAST/SLOW/STOPFAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA
WPB2S1WPB2S2WPB2S3
286.00411.00474.00
A56A57A58
490.00610.00680.00
Reduced VoltageStatus Only with ResetSTART/STOPSTART/STOP/HOAON/OFF/AUTO
WPBRV1WPBRV2WPBRV3WPBRV4
203.00286.00351.00268.00
A59A60A61A62
435.00515.00575.00496.00
Metering Module10 ft. Interconnect Cable6 ft. Interconnect Cable3 ft. Interconnect Cable1 ft. Interconnect Jumper
Accessories and Field Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-212
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215
Size 1 Contactor
Product Description — Sizes 00 – 4
ApplicationMagnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00 – 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hpA201 magnetic contactors are 600V rated devices available in NEMA Sizes 00 – 4, 10A through 150A (open rating). Product features include:
■ Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation.
■ Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspec-tion and maintenance.
■ Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption.
■ Coil design reduces inventory/main-tenance expenses. For a given volt-age, one size coil fits all contactors Sizes 00 – 2, and a second coil fits three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. Model K coils are different design.
A201 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard.
Panel layout and drilling are simplified through the use of common backplates, one for Sizes 00 – 2 and one for Sizes 3 – 4. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modifications shown on Page 33-212.
For reversing applications, two contac-tors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical inter-locks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time.
A201 contactors are UL listed components and also have CSA certification.
Class A201, Contactors, Sizes 5 – 9; Three-Phase, Over 100 hpThese AC magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straight-through wiring.
Contacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wip-ing action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. De-ion® arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases con-tact life.
All of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxil-iary contact mounted and have accom-modations for additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included.
Size 5, 300A, 600V, OpenSize 6, 600A, 600V, OpenClass A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are front clapper design, AC operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate con-tact alignment.
The contactor base is molded of a high impact, non-tracking, non-hygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel.
Floating magnet assures quiet operation.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals.
Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selec-tion of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation.
Each contactor accommodates two Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-open or normally-closed (NO and NC).
A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and start-ers are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Two special configurations of the Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are available:
■ Latched Design — This is a mechani-cally held, electrically released device. It is applied where the con-tactor must remain closed during extreme voltage fluctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet opera-tion since the operating coil is de-energized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated AC trip sole-noid and a clearing contact.
■ DC Operated — This device is DC operated. It is used where low drop-out voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The DC assem-bly consists of a DC operating coil, integrally mounted rectifier and shorting contact.
Size 7, 900A, 600V, OpenSize 8, 1350A, 600V, OpenSize 9, 2500A, 600V, OpenClass A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are DC operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life.
A steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional sup-port, for versatile low cost installation.
Each stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. Each pair of contacts is sur-rounded by a De-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and confined arc interruption and long contact life.
The shunt for each pole is made of flexible, braided copper cable for free-dom of movement and long life.
The rugged DC operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet Class H service.
An integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectifier supplies DC coil volt-age from the AC control circuit.
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normally-open to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits.
A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Instructional Leaflets16960B Sizes 00 – 1 Magnetic
Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
17048 Sizes 7 – 8 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
16978 Size 9 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-279. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
Figure 33-130. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMASize
No.ofPoles
Fig. MountingScrews
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G H
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H.3 x 3 V.
AB
33
#10#10
7.13 (181.1)3.33 (84.6)
4.45 (113.0)9.61 (244.1)
5.05 (128.3)5.05 (128.3)
3.95 (100.3)9.08 (230.6)
5.31 (134.9)2.16 (54.9)
3.56 (90.4).75 (19.1)
.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)—4.52 (114.8)
7.8 (3.5)8.9 (4.0)
2 3 x 3 H.3 x 3 V.
AB
33
#10#10
7.13 (181.1)3.33 (84.6)
4.45 (113.0)9.61 (244.1)
5.38 (136.7)5.38 (136.7)
3.95 (100.3)9.08 (230.6)
5.31 (134.9)2.16 (54.9)
3.56 (90.4).75 (19.1)
.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)—4.52 (114.8)
9.1 (4.1)10.0 (4.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 H.3 x 3 V.
AB
33
1/4 in.1/4 in.
9.75 (247.7)4.63 (117.6)
6.88 (174.8)16.56 (420.6)
7.25 (184.2)7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)15.69 (398.5)
7.00 (177.8)2.75 (69.9)
4.88 (124.0).94 (23.9)
.44 (11.2)
.44 (11.2)—7.78 (197.6)
24.0 (10.9)25.0 (11.4)
5 3 x 3 H.3 x 3 V.
CD
88
3/8 in.3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)8.25 (209.6)
12.00 (304.8)30.00 (762.0)
7.75 (196.9)7.75 (196.9)
11.00 (279.4)18.00 (457.8)
2.75 (69.9)2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0)—
.59 (15.0)—
1.38 (35.1)1.38 (35.1)
55.0 (25.0)55.0 (26.0)
6 3 x 3 H.3 x 3 V.
CD
88
3/8 in.3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)8.25 (209.6)
13.50 (342.9)41.50 (1054.1)
8.75 (222.3)8.75 (222.3)
11.00 (279.4)28.00 (711.2)
2.75 (69.9)2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0)—
.59 (15.0)—
1.38 (35.1)1.38 (35.1)
90.0 (40.9)90.0 (40.9)
7 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 450.0 (204.3)
8 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 550.0 (249.7)
9 3 x 3 V. E 8 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 650.0 (295.1)
E
Figure ASizes 00 – 4 Horizontal
Figure CSizes 5, 6 Horizontal
CF E H
A
CA
F
A
F
Figure B Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical
Figure DSizes 5, 6 Vertical
Figure ESizes 7 – 9 Vertical
C
C
BD
G
BD
B
DH
G
BD
G
E2
E2.20 (5.1) Dia.
3 MountingSlots
.20 (5.1)Dia.
3 Mtg.Holes
AE H
E2
C
AE H
D
G
B.53 (13.5) Dia. — 3 Holes
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-198
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersA200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0216]
A201 Size 1 Contactor
Product Selection — Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9When Ordering Specify Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-280, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Table 33-280. Front Connected Contactors Selection
1 Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.3 Supplied without terminal lugs.
Table 33-281. Rear Connected Contactors Selection
Table 33-282. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-283. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 4
4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 2 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles 5 Poles
Product Selection — Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9When Ordering Specify Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-284, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Accessories and Field Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-212
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215
Size 1 Starter
Product Description — Sizes 00 – 4 GeneralMagnetic starters are used for full-voltage, across-the-line starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
NEMA Sizes 00 – 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hpThese starters use Class A201 contac-tors as described on Page 33-194. Contactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See Pages 33-220 – 33-228.
Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset OnlySupplied as standard on Class A200 and A900 starters (two-speed). The bi-metallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as stan-dard. In addition, an isolated normally-open contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type B overload relays are manual reset only.
Type A Overload Relay, Manual or Automatic ResetThis is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of field conver-sion to automatic reset. It is available as an ambient compensated or non-compensated type.
Non-reversing StartersNon-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. All starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock.
Class A200 starters are available as UL listed or recognized components, as well as with CSA certification.
Reversing StartersFor reversing applications (Class A210), a starter and a contactor electri-cally and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse AC squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing wound-rotor motors.
For plugging or inching, when opera-tions exceed five times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 2-321 are recommended.
Two-Speed Starters, A900sFor across-the-line starting of two-speed constant hp, constant torque and variable torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (Class A900) are available. These starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electri-cally interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbut-tons. Auxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration.
Starters for two-speed, two indepen-dent winding motors consist of two-, three- or four-pole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked. Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one three-pole and one five-pole starter mechan-ically and electrically interlocked.
Size 5 Starter
Product Description — Sizes 5 – 9
NEMA Sizes 5 – 9; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hpNon-reversing (Class A200), and reversing (Classes A210, A250) full voltage starters are used for across-the-line starting of squirrel cage induc-tion motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and above 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Sizes 5 and 6 starters use Class A201 contactors as described on Page 33-195. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters with integrally rectified AC to DC coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available.
Class A200 starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry CSA certification.
Front Removable Parts — All operat-ing parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straight-through wiring and conveniently located con-nection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time.
Type B Block Type Thermal Overload Relay — Dependable overload protec-tion is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. Automatic reset Type A relays are available as an option.
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0219]
33
Types of StartersClass A200, Sizes 5 and 6 — Non-reversing starters contain an AC magnetically-operated Size 5 or Size 6 line contactor and block Type B three-pole overload relay, along with three current transformers. A control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters.
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 — Non-reversing starters contain a DC operated line contactor, DC power sup-ply, block Type B three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay.
Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed Starters: Refer to Page 33-207.
Features and Benefits
Sizes 00 – 4■ Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front,
Out-Front Terminals for ease in installation.
■ Unique Accessory Mounting Cavities reduce panel space requirements.
■ Snap-in Accessories for application flexibility.
■ Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking capability increases application flexibility.
■ Ambient Compensated Overload Relays available as standard, offer-ing superior motor protection in variable motor/controller environments.
■ Isolated Normally Open Relay Contact available in kit mounting form on Type B Overload Relay.
Sizes 5 – 9■ Rectified AC/DC Coils available
to reduce premature drop-out or “kiss” problems due to inherent low voltage conditions.
■ Clapper Design armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and clos-ing of the magnet.
■ Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring assures quick, positive drop-out time.
■ Front Removable Parts all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance.
Instructional Leaflets16958 Sizes 00 – 1, 3-Pole Motor
Controller
16956 Sizes 00 – 1, 2-Pole, Single-Phase Motor Controller
16959 Size 2, 3-Pole Motor Controller
16957 Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase Motor Controller
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0220]
Dimensions and Shipping WeightsNot to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-287. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
1 Refer to factory.
Figure 33-131. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMASize
No. ofPoles
Fig. MountingScrews
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G H J K L M
00, 0, 1 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31(84.1)
6.42(163.1)
4.61 (117.1)
6.00(152.4)
1.88(47.8)
1.66 (42.2)
.23(5.8)
— .39(9.9)
.59(15.0)
4.48(113.8)
.27(6.9)
35.0 (15.9)
2 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 (84.1)
7.17(182.1)
4.94(125.5)
6.75(171.5)
1.88(47.8)
1.66(42.2)
.23 (5.8)
— .41(10.4)
.77(19.6)
4.53(115.1)
.27(6.9)
43.0 (19.5)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6)
9.94(252.5)
6.75(171.5)
9.25(235.0)
2.88(73.2)
.94(23.9)
.38 (9.7)
— .55(14.0)
.80(20.3)
6.36(161.5)
.27(6.9)
115.0 (52.2)
5 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.59 (192.8)
16.22 (412.0)
7.75(196.9)
11.00(279.4)
2.75(69.9)
3.81(96.8)
2.69(68.3)
2.42(61.5)
.33(8.4)
.33(8.4)
7.00(177.8)
.27(6.9)
29.0(13.2)
6 3 C 4 3/8 in. 9.25 (235.0)
23.50(596.9)
9.50(241.3)
11.00(279.4)
2.75(69.9)
4.81(122.2)
2.75(69.9)
3.06(77.7)
— 6.50(165.1)
8.44(214.4)
.27(6.9)
55.0(25.0)
7 3 1 1 1 37.88 (962.2)
21.50(546.1)
11.75(298.5)
— — — — — — — — — —
8 3 1 1 1 37.88(962.2)
21.50(546.1)
11.75(298.5)
— — — — — — — — — —
9 3 1
E L C A
C AF
H
E
M
ResetRod
L
LM F
HEK J
Reset Rod
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4 Figure B, Size 5
Figure C, Size 6
Reset TravelMJF
CA
B B
K
B
DD
D
G
G
K
G
E2
E2
E2
C L
C L
of Cont'r
Cont'r Mtg.Holes
.38 (9.7) Wide4 Mtg. Slots
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)(2 Mtg. Slots)
Term. LugSupplied
WhenOrdered
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
03
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0221]
33
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-288. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
1 Refer to factory.
Figure 33-132. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMASize
Numberof Poles
Fig. MountingScrews
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13(181.1)3.33
(84.6)
6.50(165.1)11.63(295.4)
5.05(128.3)5.05
(128.3)
6.00(152.4)11.13(282.7)
5.69(144.5)1.88(47.8)
3.56(90.4)1.66(42.2)
.25(6.4).25(6.4)
2.3(58.4).39
(9.9)
.59(15.0).59(15.0)
4.92(125.0)4.92(125.0)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
—
4.52(114.8)
9.0 (4.0)
9.8 (4.4)
2 3 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13(181.1)3.33
(84.6)
7.25(184.2)12.38(314.5)
5.38(136.7)5.38
(136.7)
6.75(171.5)11.88(301.8)
5.69(144.5)1.88(47.8)
3.56(90.4)1.66(42.2)
.25(6.4).25(6.4)
2.31(58.7).39
(9.9)
.77(19.6).77(19.6)
4.97(126.2)4.97(126.2)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
—
4.52(114.8)
10.8 (4.9)
12.2 (5.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
9.75(247.7)4.63
(117.6)
10.13(257.3)19.81(503.2)
7.25(184.2)7.25
(184.2)
9.25(235.0)18.94(481.1)
8.00(203.2)2.88(73.2)
4.88(124.0)2.94(74.7)
.44(11.2).44(11.2)
3.11(79.0).55
(14.0)
.80(20.3).80(20.3)
6.86(174.2)6.86(174.2)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
—
7.91(200.9)
26.0 (11.8)
28.0 (12.7)
5 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25(895.4)
25.50(647.7)
8.75(222.3)
— — — — — — — — — 73.0 (33.1)
6 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25(895.4)
25.50(647.7)
10.50(266.7)
— — — — — — — — — 127.0 (57.7)
7 1
8 1
9 1
E
Figure ASizes 00 – 4 Horizontal
Figure BSizes 00 – 4 Vertical
.28 (7.1) Dia.3 Mtg. Holes L
L
J
E
J
MResetTravel M
A C
F
A C
F
B D
N
G
BD
K
G
K
.28 (7.1) Dia.3 Mtg. Holes
Reset Travel
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-204
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersA200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0222]
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-289. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
1 Refer to factory.
Figure 33-133. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
NEMASize
NumberofPoles
Fig. MountingScrews
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N P R
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13(181.1)8.00
(203.2)
6.50(165.1)6.50
(165.1)
5.05(128.3)5.05(128.3)
6.00(152.4)6.00(152.4)
5.69(144.5)6.53(165.9)
3.56(90.4)3.56(90.4)
.25(6.4).25(6.4)
2.30(58.4)2.30(58.4)
.33(8.4).48(12.2)
4.92(125.0)4.92(125.0)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
3.81(96.8)4.66(118.4)
—
—
2.91(73.9)2.91(73.9)
10.0 (4.5)
11.0 (5.0)
2 3 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13(181.1)8.88
(225.6)
7.25(184.2)7.25
(184.2)
5.38(136.7)5.38(136.7)
6.75(171.5)6.75(171.5)
5.69(144.5)6.56(166.6)
3.56(90.4)3.56(90.4)
.25(6.4).25(6.4)
2.69(68.3)2.69(68.3)
.69(17.5).69(17.5)
4.97(126.2)4.97(126.2)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
3.81(96.8)4.66(118.4)
—
—
2.91(73.9)2.84(72.1)
11.0 (5.0)
13.0 (5.9)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
9.75(247.7)12.38(314.5)
10.13(257.3)10.13(257.3)
7.25(184.2)7.25(184.2)
9.25(235.0)9.25(235.0)
8.00(203.2)9.31(236.5)
4.88(124.0)4.88(124.0)
.44(11.2).44(11.2)
3.11(79.0)3.11(79.0)
.80(20.3).80(20.3)
6.86(174.2)6.86(174.2)
.27(6.9).27(6.9)
5.13(130.3)6.44(163.6)
—
—
4.00(101.6)4.00(101.6)
28.0 (12.7)
33.5 (15.2)
56
1
1
A
D
G
B
K
F C
J .2 (5.1) Dia.3 Mounting Slots
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4
RE
NL
Reset TravelM
A
D
G
B
K
C
.2 (5.1) Dia.3 Mounting Slots
Figure B, Size 2
EJ
LReset TravelM
Note: 3-Pole x 3-Pole Devices Are for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
05
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0223]
33
Size 3 Starter
Product Selection —Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9When Ordering SpecifyOrder by Catalog Number from Table 33-290 or Table 33-291, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appro-priate sizes.
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables, Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
Table 33-290. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 2 Poles 2
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.2 Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
Table 33-291. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 3 Poles
3 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.4 Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.5 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Table 33-292. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-293. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 6
6 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0224]
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter
Product Selection —Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9When Ordering SpecifyOrder by Catalog Number from Table 33-294, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables, Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
Table 33-294. Reversing Starters Selection
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.2 Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Table 33-295. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-296. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 4
4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
2 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Technical Data and Specifications
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0227]
33
DC Power Pole RatingsThe following represent typical pro-duction test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Table 33-303. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
1 Non-inductive load.
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower RatingsTable 33-304. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00 – 9The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.Table 33-305. Operating Coil Characteristics
2 AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.3 DC Operated only. 4 Percent of rated coil voltage.5 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.6 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.7 At 60 Hz base.8 To contact touch.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0228]
Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close suc-cessfully at 80% of their rated voltage.
Alternating-current operated contac-tors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage.
1 For Sizes 5 – 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 – 9, refer to factory.
Table 33-307. Data from Tables 430 — 147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load 2, Three-Phase AC
2 These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
1 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.2 Circuit Breaker.3 Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.4 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.5 Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
Table 33-309. Combination Ratings — Sizes 3 and 4
6 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.7 Circuit Breaker.8 Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.i Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.j Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.k Inverse Time Current Limiting Breaker.
Coil SuffixTable 33-310. Other Available Coil Voltages — AC and DC Coils q
l List Price Addition for dual voltage coils. See Table 33-312.m List Price Addition for DC coils. See Table 33-312.n DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty
rated only. A mechanical latch is required.o DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.p For Q suffixes “order by description” consult Technical Support Center.q Availability may be limited.
Table 33-311. Other DC Coils Available (For Q Suffix) r
r For Q suffixes “order by description” consult Technical Support Center. Availability may be limited.
Table 33-312. Other Available Coil Voltage Adders
Short-CircuitProtective Device(SCPD)
Max.RatingSCPD
Circuit BreakerInterrupting Rating
Short-Circuit Withstand Capability
Current Voltage
Sizes 00, 0, 1Class H FuseClass J FuseClass R FuseClass T Fuse
60A60A60A60A
————
5,000A100,000A100,000A100,000A
600V600V600V600V
Magnetic Only 1Type CB 2
30A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CB 3
50A 65,000A 65,000A 480V25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic OnlyType CB + CL 4
30A HMCP + Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CLB 5
50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Size 2Class H FuseClass J FuseClass R FuseClass T Fuse
100A100A100A100A
————
5,000A100,000A100,000A100,000A
600V600V600V600V
Magnetic Only 1Type CB 2
50A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CB 3
90A 65,000A 65,000A 480V25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic OnlyType CB + CL 4
50A HMCP + Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CLB 5
50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Short-CircuitProtective Device(SCPD)
Max.RatingSCPD
Circuit BreakerInterrupting Rating
Short-Circuit Withstand Capability
Current Voltage
Size 3 Class H FuseClass J FuseClass R FuseClass T Fuse
60A60A60A60A
————
5,000A100,000A100,000A100,000A
600V600V600V600V
Magnetic Only 6Type CB 7
100A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CB 8
150A 65,000A 65,000A 480V25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic OnlyType CB + CL i
100A HMCP + Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CLB j
150A 50,000A 100,000A 480V
Size 4Class H FuseClass J FuseClass R FuseClass T Fuse
400A400A400A400A
————
10,000A100,000A100,000A100,000A
600V600V600V600V
Magnetic Only 6Type CB 7
150A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CB 8
250A 65,000A 65,000A 480V25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic OnlyType CB + CL i
150A HMCP + Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CB + CL j
250A 200,000A 100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.Type CLB k
250A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Coils CatalogNumberSuffix
Coil Rating (Volts/Hertz)
CatalogNumberSuffix
Coil Rating (Volts/Hertz)
AC ABC lDEGHIJ
K
120/60, 110/50200-208/60240/60 and 480/60440/50600/60 Hz220/50380/5024/60110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC
220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC
NPQ pR lU
VWXYZ
110/5048/60AC/DC Volts Specified120/60 and 240/60440-480/50 or60 Rect. to DC
Type J Auxiliary Contact■ Capable of being field mounted in a
contactor or starter (Classes A200, A900 Sizes 00 – 6, V200, V201 vacuum and definite purpose controllers).
■ Provides two separate electrical contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black desig-nates NC and silver designates NO. Please note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-56 auxiliary contacts.
■ Designed to fit within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required.
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polar-ity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts.
Table 33-314. Auxiliary Contact Ratings
Table 33-315. Auxiliary Contact Types
Modifications Description CatalogNumberSuffix
NEMA Size
00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Adder U.S. $
Control Circuit
1 Extra Auxiliary Contact (1NO-1NC) Non-reversing, Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired
J197.00
194.0097.00
194.0097.00
194.0097.00
194.0097.00
194.0097.00
194.0097.00
194.00291.00585.00
291.00585.00
2 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired
J2194.00388.00
194.00388.00
194.00388.00
194.00388.00
194.00388.00
194.00388.00
194.00388.00
585.001,170.00
585.001,170.00
3 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Unwired
J3 291.00 291.00 291.00 291.00 — — — — —
4 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Unwired
J4 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 — — — — —
Wired for Separate Control (NC) C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C
Omit Control Wiring (NC) X 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00
Overload Relays (Substitu-tions)
Ambient Compensated with Auto Reset (NC)
D N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C — — —
Fast Trip — Ambient Compensated (Specify Motor FLA)
SS-56 Surge Suppressor■ Designed to be used with magnetic
motor controllers through Size 4 in 120V, 60 Hz control circuit applica-tions where electronic equipment is used.
■ Steady State Coil Volts: 120, 60 Hz, RMS
■ Peak Input Volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, Max. Amplitude
■ Max. Ambient Temperature: 65°C■ Nominal Limiting Volts: 270 Peak■ Nominal Rate of Volt Rise:
.5 per mS
Table 33-316. Surge Suppressor 1
1 Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket required — order sepa-rately. Mounting Bracket 177C043G04.
2 Discount Symbol 1CD1.
F-56 Fuse Block■ Facilitates installation of fuses (15A,
600V max.) in control circuits.■ Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses,
or equivalent.■ Mounts in same cavity as Type J
auxiliary contact.■ No tools or mounting hardware
needed.■ Fuse not included.
Table 33-317. Fuse Block
R-56 Interposing RelayThe R-56AA interposing relay is a low energy solid-state device with a single NO solid-state contact. It can be used as a 120V AC control relay, and will oper-ate on as little as 40V AC input. Is useful in applications requiring long control wiring runs where excessive voltage drop would prevent the contactor or relay from energizing. Will operate a Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using 18 AWG wire.
Table 33-318. Interposing Relay
3 Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Mechanical Interlock■ Prevents closing of one member of
a reversing or multi-speed contactor until the opposite member is com-pletely open.
■ Lever type mechanism assures posi-tive action.
■ Can be factory assembled or field mounted on A200 and A900 starters and contactors.
Table 33-319. Mechanical Interlock
Type Mounting Kit Catalog Number
PriceU.S. $ 2
Starter SS-56 80.
Mounting Kit CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
StarterPanel
F56F56-P
35.35.
Type Mounting
Kit Catalog Number
PriceU.S. $ 3
Starter or Panel R56-AA 505.
Contactor Arrangement (Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical)
ContinuousSize
Interlock CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
3 x 3 Horizontal4 x 4 Horizontal5 x 3 Horizontal
0, 10, 10, 1
M-33-1BM-33-1BM-33-1B
52.52.52.
All Pole Combination, Vertical3 x 3 Horizontal Reversing3 x 3 Vertical Reversing
0, 122
M-34-1AM-33-2BM-34-2A
52.52.52.
5 x 3 Horizontal4 x 4 Horizontal
22
M-35-2AM-36-2A
52.52.
All Pole Combination HorizontalAll Pole Combination Vertical
3, 43, 4
M-33-3BM-34-3
87.87.
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.co
B3NO Bell Alarm Contact■ Isolated Normally Open Bell Alarm
Contact.■ Mounts in Type B block-type over-
load relay.Table 33-320. Bell Alarm Contact
4 For Size 3 and 4.
Table 33-321. Control Contact Ratings (B600)
Overload Relay Reset Extension■ Used to adjust overload reset rod
depth of Class A200 Model J starters and current design overload relays to same dimensions as obsolete B200 starters and overloads identi-fied by suffix B, i.e., BA13B.
When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type B overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No charge.
When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type A overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No charge.
Power Pole Kit■ Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to
Size 00 – 1 A201 Class contactors.■ Factory installed or field mountable
in load side auxiliary cavities.■ 600V AC.■ Continuous current rating of 18A for
Extra Auxiliary Contact KitsAll starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required.
Table 33-324. Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
1 Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
DC Coil Conversion KitsKits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
Overload Protection Size 5 StartersType B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5.
Overload Protection Size 6 StartersOverload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type B three-pole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.
If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request.
Overload Relay KitsEach kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset.
When Ordering SpecifyUse this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog num-ber and/or description.
Select style number of replacement part from the following pages.
For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the Cus-tomer Support Center.
General InformationThis renewal parts data will provide the proper identification of standard parts which may be required for main-tenance of Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer components.
It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed.
An investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment.
To maintain maximum operating efficiency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine Cutler-Hammer replacement parts should be used.
This section identifies the replace-ments parts which are available. Order by style number.
JF AutostartersTable 33-329. JF Autostarter Kits
Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
Table 33-330. Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes) 1
1 When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01 — 1 required.
2 These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, Quantity 1 required.
Frame Size Start Contacts Run Contacts Grid Stack Kit
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0234]
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201Table 33-331. AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits 1
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.2 Mounting hardware included.3 Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
Table 33-332. AC Coils
4 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. 5 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Table 33-333. DC Coil 7
6 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally sup-plied with a dual voltage coil.
7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors Note: A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All neces-sary parts are included in the kit.
Table 33-334. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Table 33-335. Replacement Coils for Above
Part Poles Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Style Number
PriceU.S. $
Style Number
PriceU.S. $
Style Number
PriceU.S. $
Style Number
PriceU.S. $
Contact Kit 2345
373B331G17373B331G18373B331G18373B331G19
51.5076.0076.00
128.00
373B331G02373B331G04373B331G04373B331G05
63.5094.5094.50
158.00
373B331G07373B331G09373B331G09373B331G10
73.50110.00110.00183.00
373B331G11373B331G12373B331G133
132.00196.00196.00
Arc Box 2 2, 3, 4
5
6714C74G01
6714C74G04
24.10
24.10
6714C74G02
6714C74G05
24.10
24.10
6714C74G03
6714C74G06
24.10
22.40
6714C74G07 (2-, 3-pole)6714C74G08 (4-, 5-pole)
43.50
70.00
Cross Bar 2, 34, 5
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
672B788G32672B788G34
54.5083.50
Upper Base (for single rated coils only)
2, 34, 5
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
672B788G33672B788G35
90.00109.00
Lower Base 2, 34, 5
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
N/AN/A
——
1250C33G091250C33G05
66.00130.00
KO Spring (Pk of 10) All N/A — N/A — N/A — 503C796G01 54.50Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3) All N/A — N/A — N/A — 371B870G03 45.75
Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors Table 33-336. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7 – 9 AC and All DC Units
Accessories for Size 00 – 6 AC ContactorsTable 33-337. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
Model J – K, Sizes 3 and 4 Table 33-338. Model J – K Series 3, 4 Kits 1
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as model J. All other parts are unavailable.2 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. 3 For 200 Amp A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors order 3-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.4 Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G12. 5 Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.6 Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G16.7 Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0236]
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)
Accessories for Model J – K, Series 3, 4 Table 33-339. DC Coils 1
1 Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil.
2 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual volt-age coil.
Table 33-340. AC Coils
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.4 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
5 Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same. 6 Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications.7 C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 CT assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and
hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.8 Consult factory for prices.
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . 33-221
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . 33-223
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-225
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-227
Type A Overload Relay3-Pole Panel Mount
Product Family OverviewType B and Type A, Class 20 Thermal Overload Relays will protect the motor against abnormal overload condi-tions. Bimetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compen-sated or non-compensated in either single-pole or block type three-pole design. The Type B use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase.
Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compen-sated type, which provides approxi-mately 125% motor protection with a tripping time of less than 10 seconds, at 600% of heater current rating.
Fast trip relays can be identified by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The three-pole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar.
The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the cir-cuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit.
Interchangeable thermal heater ele-ments for single-pole standard trip and block type overload relays are avail-able to cover motor full load currents from .29 to 133A in approximately 10% steps (see Heater Application Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from 1.6 to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
Design Features
Manual or Automatic ResetThe Type B is furnished with a manual reset. The Type A is normally fur-nished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for auto-matic reset when required. Automatic reset should not be used with 2-wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment.
Trip IndicationAn immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indi-cator projects out and thus shows pos-itive visual indication of trip. The Type B has a mechanical trip bar to manu-ally check the NC contact operation on the overload relay.
Adjustable TripOn the Type A, the trip rating of a spe-cific heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 85% to 115% of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection.
This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position.
Positive Contact BreakA follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows con-tact wipe for further reliability.
Ambient CompensationMotor overload protection can be pro-vided with the same trip characteris-tics in ambient temperature from -40° to 77°C (-40° to 167°F). A compensat-ing bimetal maintains a constant “travel to trip” distance independent of ambient conditions. The compen-sating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures. Compensated relays are identified by black reset rods on the Type A and light gray reset rods on the Type B, while non-compensated relays use red reset rods. AA three-pole units have gray reset rods. AA one-pole units have black reset rods.
Control ContactSingle-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST NC control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with common is available as a factory mod-ification on the Type A. An isolated NO contact can be supplied on the Type B as either a factory modification or as a field kit.
Instruction Leaflets14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0 – 4,
3-Pole OL Relay
14567E Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A
14568 Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J
14570D Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J
14569C Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A
17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Contactors
16955A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole OL Relay
16954A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 – 4, 1-Pole OL Relay
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
21
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0239]
33
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Type B Overload RelayPanel Mounting
Application DescriptionThe Type B overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single-phase or 3-phase applications.
Features■ Ambient compensation standard■ Alarm contact field mountable■ Class 20 — 600V design■ Inverse time delay trip■ Test trip device for weld check■ Hi-visibility up-front trip indication■ Trip-free reset mechanism
OperationThe Type B overload relay is a bimetal-lic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater ele-ments are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is pro-duced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact.
Ambient CompensationThe Type B ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all A200 starters. This design uses a sec-ond compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the sur-rounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applica-tions using compact control panels and motor control centers where inter-nal temperature rise is significant com-pared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40° to 77°C.
Standards and Certifications■ UL508■ CSA■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
Technical DataTable 33-343. Control Contact Ratings — NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact Rating
1 Alarm contact available as factory modifica-tion of field mountable. For factory modifica-tion, add suffix B.
Product Selection
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables, Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
Relays Table 33-345. Product Selection — Thermal Type B Overload Relay Selection
2 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.3 For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0240]
DimensionsNot to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-346. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions
Figure 33-134. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
RelaySize
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A B C D
34
3.13 (79.5)3.38 (85.9)
4.06 (103.1)4.38 (111.3)
.44 (11.2)
.31 (7.9).31 (7.9).19 (4.8)
C
D
A
.94 (23.9)1.98
(50.3)
.8(20.3)
3.14(79.8)
2.81(71.4)
.17(4.3)
1.38 (35.1)
1.75 (44.5)
.41 (10.4) .47 (11.9).47(11.9).53
(13.5)
4(101.6)
Sizes 1 and 23-Pole, Panel Mounted
Sizes 3 and 43-Pole, Panel Mounted
3.31(84.1)
4.44(112.8)
5.28(134.1)
3.88(98.6)
3.38(85.9)
2.22(56.4)
1.34 (34)
B
.25(6.4)
2.22(56.4)
.2 (5.1) Dia.6 Mtg. Slots
.28 (7.1) Dia.3 Mtg. Slots
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
23
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0241]
33
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Type A Overload Relay1-Pole Panel Mounting
Application DescriptionThe Type A overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single- or 3-phase applications.
Features■ Field selectable manual/auto reset■ Alarm contract factory available■ Class 20 — 600V design■ Inverse time delay trip■ Adjustable trip rating ± 15%■ Color coded reset rod:
❑ Compensated (Gray)❑ Non-compensated (Red)
OperationThe Type A overload relay is a bimetal-lic actuated device. The bimetal ele-ments are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater ele-ments are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is pro-duced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact.
Automatic ResetThe Type A overload relay can be sup-plied as an option on all A200 starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and re-tightening a hold-down clamp at the base of over-load relay.
Standards and Certifications■ UL508■ CSA■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
Technical DataTable 33-347. Control Contact Ratings
Product SelectionHeaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
Relays Table 33-348. Product Selection — Thermal Type A Overload Relay Selection
Note: For Alarm Contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on Type A relay. Adder U.S. $54.001 3-Pole Type B Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a 3-Pole Type A Overload Relay in
Manual Reset Mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page 33-221.)
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0243]
33
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Application DescriptionThe Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors hav-ing restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will pro-vide Class 10 operation in single- or three-phase applications.
OperationThe Type FT overload relay is a bime-tallic actuated device. The bimetal ele-ments are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or through-current transformers on applications larger than 150A.
As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is pro-duced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact.
Features■ Class 10 — 600V design■ Inverse time delay trip■ Color coded reset rod — green■ Alarm contact factory available■ Field selectable manual/auto reset■ Adjustable trip rating ±20%■ Ambient compensation included
Technical DataTable 33-351. Control Contact Ratings
Product Selection Table 33-352. Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)
Note: Single-Pole (1NO-NC Contact): Add Suffix B. Three-Pole (3NO-NC Contacts): Add Suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0244]
DimensionsNot to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 33-353. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions
Figure 33-137. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
RelaySize
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A B C D E
34
4.25 (108.0)4.50 (114.3)
.53 (13.5)
.59 (15.0)2.91 (73.9)3.03 (77.0)
.09 (2.3)
.22 (5.6).06 (1.5).19 (4.8)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
1 (25.4)
.5 (12.7)
2.72(69.1)
1.64(41.7)
2.81(71.4)
3.28 (83.3)
3.25(82.6)
.17 (4.3)3 Mtg.Holes
1.3(33)
.19(4.8)
.19(4.8)
.25(6.4)
.69(17.5)
.63(16)
Three-Pole, Size 1
.38(9.7)
.17(4.3)
.11(2.8)
.22(5.6)
.06(1.5)
.06(1.5)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
1 (25.4)
.5 (12.7)
3.48(88.4)
1.64(41.7)
2.81(71.4)
3.28 (83.3)
3.28 (83.3)
3.25(82.6)
3.61(91.7)
.17 (4.3)3 Mtg.Holes
1.3(33)
.06(1.5)
.69(17.5)
Three-Pole, Size 2
.11(2.8)
.22(5.6)
3.38(85.9)
D
3.88(98.6)
1.75(44.5)
C
E
.69(17.5)
.06(1.5)
.06(1.5)
5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.
3.31 (84.1)A
.28 (7.1)
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
2.81 (71.4)
.06(1.5)
.74(18.8)
B
.06(1.5)
1.75 (44.5)
4.41 (112)
2.2 (55.9) .48(12.2)
1.42(36.1)
.16 (4.1)
.88 (22.4).28 (7.1)3 Mtg.Holes
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
27
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersA200 Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0245]
33
Heater Selection
General Information on Heater Coil SelectionFor maximum motor protection and compliance with Article 430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor name-plate full load current.
When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages 33-251 – 33-252 of the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer product guide. Caution — The average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Heater coils are rated to protect 40°C rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15 where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature.
For other conditions:
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise motors and enclosed motors having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller coil.
2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by 26°C (47°F), use one size smaller coil.
3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by 26°C (47°F), use one size larger coil.
Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately 1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.
Table 33-354. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4
Table 33-355. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6
Note: Size 7 and Larger — Advise Full Load Current.
SizeStarter
Ambient CompensatedEnclosed Starters
Non-compensating Enclosed Starters
HeaterCatalogNumber(One Heater per Catalog Number)
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersCitation Renewal Parts
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0247]
33
For Catalog Numbers A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51, B52, C10, C30 and C50 Contactors and StartersNote: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced on the device nameplate.
Table 33-357. Citation Renewal Parts
1 For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column.2 Replace complete contactor. 3 Non-encapsulated coil.4 Obsolete.
Description Size 00 Size 0
Series A1 1 Series B1 Series C1 Series D1/C2 Price U.S. $Part
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersSolenoids — Alternating Current 10370 Series
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0251]
33
ContentsDescription Page
AC Solenoids
Product Description . . . . . 33-233
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-234
Cat. No. 10370
Product DescriptionThese solenoids are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automati-cally or at a remote point.
Features■ Plunger and frame are machined to
ensure quiet operation■ Push- and pull-type operation■ With and without terminal box■ Plunger provided with connecting
pin■ Size C and D solenoids are provided
with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service
DimensionsTable 33-360. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights
1 In sealed state.
Figure 33-138. Approximate Dimensions
Size Push Type Pull Type
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs.(kg)
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs.(kg)
WideA
HighB 1
DeepC
Mounting WideA
HighB 1
DeepC
Mounting
D E D E
Wall MountedA
B
C
D
2.38(60.5)2.63(66.8)3.00(76.2)4.00(101.6)
3.63(92.2)4.88(124.0)6.13(155.7)6.13(155.7)
2.25(57.2)3.00(76.2)4.13(104.9)4.13(104.9)
1.13(28.7)2.00(50.8)2.38(60.5)2.75(69.9)
1.63(41.4)2.13(54.1)3.13(79.5)3.13(79.5)
2.0(.9)2.5(1.1)5.0(2.3)7.0(3.2)
2.38(60.5)2.63(66.8)3.00(76.2)4.00(101.6)
2.63(66.8)3.63(92.2)4.88(124.0)4.88(124.0)
2.25(57.2)3.00(76.2)4.13(104.9)4.13(104.9)
1.13(28.7)2.00(50.8)2.38(60.5)2.75(69.9)
1.63(41.4)2.13(54.1)3.13(79.5)3.13(79.5)
2.0(.9)2.5(1.1)5.0(2.3)7.0(3.2)
Floor MountedB
C
D
3.13(79.5)3.50(88.9)3.88(98.6)
4.88(124.0)6.13(155.7)6.13(155.7)
3.00(76.2)3.75(95.3)3.75(95.3)
1.50(38.1)1.75(44.5)2.25(57.2)
2.25(57.2)3.13(79.5)3.13(79.5)
2.5(1.1)5.0(2.3)7.0(3.2)
3.13(79.5)3.50(88.9)3.88(98.6)
3.88(98.6)4.88(124.0)4.88(124.0)
3.00(76.2)3.75(95.3)3.75(95.3)
1.50(38.1)1.75(44.5)2.25(57.2)
2.25(57.2)3.13(79.5)3.13(79.5)
2.5(1.1)5.0(2.3)7.0(3.2)
DA
B
DA
EC
C
E
B
Wall Mounted
Floor Mounted
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-234
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersSolenoids — Alternating Current
10370 Series
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0252]
Product SelectionWhen Ordering Specify■ Catalog Number
Table 33-361. AC Solenoids — 60 Hz, Continuous Duty
1 Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.2 Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box” — Size A are for wall mounting — Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersShoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic 511 Series
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0253]
33
ContentsDescription Page
AC and DC Magnetic Shoe Brakes
Product Description . . . . . 33-235
Application Description . . . 33-235
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Shipping Weights. . . . . . . . 33-235
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-236
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-237
Size S-7 Brake and Wheel
Product DescriptionEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Type S Brakes are electrically released and spring applied providing “fail-safe” opera-tion. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure.
FeaturesThe brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the fric-tion surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating.
DC BrakesStandard DC brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on DC brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch.
MountingType S brakes are designed and rec-ommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or verti-cal mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure.
Brake SelectionThe method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula:
The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal to the full load motor torque for the duty considered.
Figure 33-139. Standard Brake Wheels — Approximate Dimensions
Table 33-362. Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
1 Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersShoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic 511 Series
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0255]
33
Size S-4 Brake and Wheel
Product SelectionWhen Ordering Specify■ Brake
❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix Number for coil
❑ Example: 511H1193-41
■ Wheel❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for bore size❑ Example: 511H1150-3
■ Enclosure❑ Catalog Number❑ Example: 511ED50
Table 33-365. Type S Brakes — Floor Mounting
1 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF.
2 Add Suffix Number for coil voltage to Base Catalog Number.3 Does not include Wheel.
NEMA Contactors & StartersShoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
511 Series
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0256]
Table 33-367. Brake Wheels
1 Taper is at rate of 1.25 inches per foot on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +.000 -.005 inches.2 Add Suffix Number for bore size to Base Catalog Number.3 Bore tolerance: +.000 -.001 inches.
Table 33-368. Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers
4 Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.5 Price Additions
Product Family OverviewThe irrigation pump controllers are combination starters with accessories and modifications designed to meet the particular requirements of the irri-gation, pumping and oil well indus-tries. The enclosure is NEMA 3R to provide weathertight protection and is available in several sizes, depending on the customer’s control or control option requirements. The disconnect, contactor and overload relay are the same as used in Freedom Line and Advantage combination starters. In Freedom Line versions, this includes the innovative overload feature that allows conversion from Class 20 to Class 10 by merely inserting different heater packs. These controllers are available in standard full voltage as well as reduced voltage configura-tions, with vacuum contactors as well as the standard electromechanical contactors.
NEMA 3R with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Size 1 – 3 Starter
NEMA 3R Size 1, Narrow,with Electronic Overload
NEMA 3R Enclosure, Narrow, with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Size 1, 2 Starter
NEMA 3R Part WindingPump Panel, Size 3
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-240
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersPump Panels with 3R Enclosure
Product Family Overview
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0258]
FeaturesThe Freedom Series and Advantage starters are available in either fusible or circuit breaker types utilizing NEMA 3R Rainproof and Sleet Resistant enclosures. Convenient straight-through wiring with top line connec-tions and bottom load connections features easily accessible pressure connections for line, load and control. Starter and disconnect are factory wired. Freedom overload relays with trip indication feature bimetallic type operation with ambient compensation and a choice of either manual or automatic reset.
■ Motor Circuit Switch — Long life, heavy-duty, quick acting, double break action. Positive ON and posi-tive OFF available in either fusible or non-fusible versions. Fuse clip kits are available for field installation and can be converted in the field for maximum job flexibility.
■ Motor Circuit Protector — Similar to a magnetic trip only circuit breaker. Features an adjustable magnetic trip characteristic for accurate, depend-able fault protection and simulta-neous trip of all poles to prevent single phasing.
■ HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch and START Pushbutton — 10250T heavy-duty units mounted on the flange of the enclosure for outside accessibility.
■ RESET Button — Accessible from front of enclosure (booted for envi-ronmental protection) for operation of overload relay reset function.
■ Enclosure — NEMA 3R Rainproof and Sleet Resistant construction with stainless steel door latches and special corrosion resistant paint. Enclosure features include ground-ing lugs, padlocking feature on door latch, drip hood over door and pro-visions for top mounting conduit hubs. Most enclosures include gen-erous panel space for mounting optional control and accessories.
■ Mounting — Pole mounting feet with keyhole slots for easy mount-ing are standard on enclosures for Sizes 1 – 5 (removable for Sizes 1 – 5 standard width flange type enclosures). Brackets can be formed to the contour of the pole after mounting.
■ Padlocking — Provision on door latch for locking door closed, as well as provision for padlocking discon-nect switch in OFF position. With a simple modification, disconnect can also be padlocked in ON position.
■ UL Listed — Underwriters Laborato-ries Inc. listed under File E1491, guide NLDX, includes the “Suitable for Use as Service Equipment” label.
Interrupting Ratings■ Fusible — Sizes 1 – 5 suitable for use
on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes. 600V maximum where a Class R fuse clip kit is properly installed and Class R fuses are used. If Class R fuses are not used, the switch should not be installed on circuits capable of delivering more than 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. Size 6 is limited to 18,000 and Size 7 is limited to 30,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
■ Circuit Breaker HMCPE — Sizes 1 – 3 controllers are suitable for use on circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480V maximum; for 600V applications, see below.
■ Circuit Breaker HMCP — Sizes 4 and 5 controllers are suitable for use on circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480V maximum; Sizes 1 and 2 are suitable for use on circuits capable of delivering not more than 25,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 600V maximum; and Sizes 3 and 4 are suitable for use on circuits capa-ble of delivering not more than 50,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 600V maximum. Size 5 is suitable for use on circuits capable of deliv-ering not more than 35,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 600V maxi-mum. Size 6 is limited to 18,000 and Size 7 is limited to 30,000 rms sym-metrical amperes.
Optional Features■ Backspin Timer — .2 seconds to 3
minutes. Prevents restart until motor and pump have stopped.
■ Program Timer — 24 hour, 7 day with day omission.
■ Control Transformer — Available as standard, either as a field kit or factory installed. Includes 2 primary and 1 secondary fuses.
■ Electrical Interlocks — Side mounted in NO, NC and NO-NC. Maximum of 2 contacts on either side of starter through Size 2, maxi-mum of 3 per side Sizes 3 – 5.
■ Control Circuit Fuse Kit — 30A, 600V rating.
■ Lightning Arrestor — Offers protec-tion to control from lightning induced surges.
Standard ECN54 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the enclosure and are wired as illustrated in Figure 33-141.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Standards and Certifications■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersPump Panels with 3R Enclosure Freedom with Motor Circuit Switch
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0261]
33
Product SelectionTable 33-371. Freedom Pump Panels with Motor Circuit Switch
1 Dual element fuse ratings.2 Class R fuse clips, except for Size 7 which uses Class L fuse clips. For starters with clips “Not Installed”, select fuse clip kit from Table 33-370. 3 To order without the START pushbutton, add Modification Code P6.
For Other Volts and Hertz ApplicationsFor other than listed volts and hertz, select required controller by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation, 8th digit in Catalog Number with proper Code Suffix from Table 33-372.
Example: For 600V 60 Hz coil, change ECN5412BAC to ECN5412DACTable 33-372. Coil Voltage
MotorVoltage 1
Max. hp50/60 Hz
NEMASize
Fuse Clip Rating 2 Narrow Width 3 Standard Width 3
Amperes Volts CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
230460—
7-1/210
—
1 3030
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
ECN5412BAB-E14ECN5412CAC-E14ECN5412AAA-E14
995.995.980.
ECN5412BABECN5412CACECN5412AAA
1,025.1,030.1,015.
230460—
1525
—
2 6060
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
ECN5422BAD-E14ECN5422CAE-E14ECN5422AAA-E14
1,340.1,340.1,340.
ECN5422BADECN5422CAEECN5422AAA
1,400.1,425.1,380.
230460—
3050
—
3 100100
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
———
———
ECN5432BAFECN5432CAGECN5432AAA
2,030.2,060.1,960.
230460—
50100—
4 200200
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
———
———
ECN5442BAHECN5442CAJECN5442AAA
3,755.3,785.3,640.
230460
100200
5 400400
250600
——
——
ECN5452BAKECN5452CAL
8,040.8,190.
230460
200400
6 600600
250600
——
——
ECN5462BAMECN5462CAN
21,710.21,710.
460 600 7 1200 600 — — ECN5472CAQ 41,010.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.Starters with Electronic Overload — See Pages 33-124 of Modification Codes.
Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Code
120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50480/60 or 440/50600/60 or 550/50208/60
These ECN55 Irrigation Pump Controllers feature the Cutler-Hammer Freedom Line starters. They have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the enclosure and a RESET button on the front — wiring is as illustrated in the wiring diagram on Page 33-242.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec-tion per NEC 430-72.
Standards and Certifications■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide NLDX
DimensionsTable 33-373. Panel Space
1 Space is between disconnect switch or circuit breaker and starter.
2 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6.3 Consult factory in the event ground fault protection is required.4 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when
ordering the starter.
For Other Volts and Hertz ApplicationsFor other than listed volts and hertz, select required control-ler by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation, 8th digit in Catalog Number with proper Code Suffix from Table 33-375. Example: For 600V 60 Hz coil, change ECN5512CAC to ECN5512DAC.
Standard ECN64, 65 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the flange of the enclosure and are wired as illustrated in Figure 33-143.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec-tion per NEC 430-72.
Wiring Diagram
Figure 33-143. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product SelectionTable 33-376. ECN64 Irrigation Pump Control with Motor Circuit
1 Horsepower ratings based on dual element fuses.2 Class L fuse mounting.
Table 33-377. ECN65 Irrigation Pump Control with Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 cartons of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81. Select heaters based on 50% of rated full-load motor current.
NEMA Contactors & StartersPump Panels with 3R Enclosure
Advantage with Motor Circuit Switch
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0264]
Pump Panels with Motor Circuit Switch
Product Description■ Solid-State OL Relay■ Suitable for Franklin Motors
Standard ECA54 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the enclosure and are wired as illustrated
in Figure 33-144. Controllers provided with control transformer and 120V AC 60 Hz coils as standard.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
1 Fuse clip “R” rejection members for use with Class R fuses are supplied loose both in Fuse Clip Kits and when fuse clips are factory installed.Pump Panels with 3R Enclosure
Product SelectionTable 33-379. Advantage Pump Panels with Motor Circuit Switch
1 Dual element fuse ratings.2 Class R fuse clips. For starters with clips “Not Installed”, select fuse clip kit from Table 33-378. 3 Transformer may be omitted if 120V 60 Hz coil power is available; change 8th character of Catalog
Number from B or C to F and remove C1 after the dash in the Catalog Number. Example: ECA5422BAD-C1 becomes ECA5422FAD.
4 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6.
NEMASize
MotorVoltage
Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Kit for Field Installation inNon-fusible Starter
Amperes Volts For Non-rejection Type Fuses
For use with “R”Rejection Type Fuses
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
1 200/230460 – 575
3030
250600
C351KC21C351KD22-61
14.5018.10
C351KC21RC351KD22-61R
14.5018.10
2 200230460 – 575
606060
250250600
C351KD22-61C351KD22-61C351KD62
18.1018.1021.70
C351KD22-61RC351KD22-61RC351KD62R
18.1018.1021.70
3 200230460 – 575
100100100
250250600
C351KE23-63C351KE23-63C351KE23-63
76.0076.0076.00
C351KE23-63 1
C351KE23-63 1
C351KE23-63 1
76.0076.0076.00
4 200230460 – 575
200200200
250250600
C351KF24-64C351KF24-64C351KF24-64
117.00117.00117.00
C351KF24-64 1
C351KF24-64 1
C351KF24-64 1
117.00117.00117.00
MotorVoltage 1
Max. hp50/60 Hz
NEMASize
Fuse Clip Rating 2 Narrow Width 34
Amperes Volts CatalogNumber
PU
230460—
7-1/210
—
1 3030
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
ECA5412BAB-C1E14ECA5412CAC-C1E14ECA5412CAA-C1E14
230460—
1525
—
2 6060
Not Installed
250600Not Installed
ECA5422BAD-C1E14ECA5422CAE-C1E14ECA5422CAA-C1E14
230460—
3050
—
3 100100Not Installed
250600Not Installed
———
230460—
50100—
4 200200Not Installed
250600Not Installed
———
230460
100200
5 400400
250600
——
230460
200400
6 600600
250600
——
Standard Width 34
rice.S. $
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
1,140.001,145.001,130.00
ECA5412BAB-C1ECA5412CAC-C1ECA5412CAA-C1
1,140.001,145.001,130.00
1,590.001,590.001,530.00
ECA5422BAD-C1ECA5422CAE-C1ECA5422CAA-C1
1,555.001,555.001,530.00
———
ECA5432BAF-C1ECA5432CAG-C1ECA5432CAA-C1
2,255.002,255.002,175.00
———
ECA5442BAH-C1ECA5442CAJ-C1ECA5442CAA-C1
4,170.004,170.004,045.00
——
ECA5452BAK-C1ECA5452CAL-C1
8,930.009,100.00
——
ECA5462BAM-C1ECA5462CAN-C1
24,120.0024,120.00
Standards and Certifications■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide NLDX
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersPump Panels with 3R Enclosure Advantage with HMCP Circuit Breaker
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0265]
33
Pump Panels with HMCP Circuit Breaker
Product Description■ Solid-State OL Relay■ Suitable for Franklin Motors
Standard ECA55 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the enclosure and are wired as illustrated in Figure 33-145. Controllers provided with control transformer and 120V AC 60 Hz coils as standard.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Standards and Certifications■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide
1 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6.2 Transformer may be omitted if 120V 60 Hz coil power is available; change 8th character of Catalog Number from B or C to F and remove C1 after the
dash in the Catalog Number. Example: ECA5522BAF-C1 becomes ECA5522FAF.
Standard ECV54, 55 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the enclosure and are wired as illustrated in Figure 33-146.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec-tion per NEC 430-72.
Wiring Diagram
Figure 33-146. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product SelectionTable 33-381. ECV54 — Fusible
Table 33-382. ECV55 — HMCP Circuit Breaker
DS or CBDisconnecting Means
FusibleDisconnect Switchor Circuit Breaker
OFFHand Auto
1 1
3
2
2
3
A
C
T1
OL
”D”
Coil Aux. Contact
T2 T3
BM
D
98
9796
Reset95
9 10
4
3 4
36
4
A
L1 L2 L3Lines
1
+
–
M
MotorVoltage
Max. hp50/60 Hz
NEMASize
Fuse Clip Rating With START Pushbutton
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
Amperes Volts
230460
50100
4 200200
250600
ECV5442BAHECV5442CAJ
4,185.4,185.
230460
100200
5 400400
250600
ECV5452BAKECV5452CAL
8,640.8,640.
230460
200400
6 600600
250600
ECV5462BAMECV5462CAN
23,080.23,080.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
MotorVoltage
Max. hp50/60 Hz
NEMASize
Circuit Breaker Type
With START Pushbutton
CatalogNumber
PriceU.S. $
230460
50100
4 HMCP 150AHMCP 150A
ECV5542BAHECV5542CAH
4,670.4,670.
230230460460
75100150200
5 HMCP 250AHMCP 400AHMCP 250AHMCP 400A
ECV5552BAJECV5552BAKECV5552CAJECV5552CAK
10,430.10,430.10,430.10,430.
230460
200400
6 HMCP 600AHMCP 600A
ECV5562BALECV5562CAL
24,750.24,750.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersMotor Control Technical Data Wire and Conduit Tables
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0267]
33
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 1996 NEC 1)Table 310-16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0 – 2000V, 60° – 90°C (140° – 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)
† Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection for conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No. 12 and 30A for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copper-clad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied.
Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13. Size
Notes to Tables 310-16, 310-181. 120/240V, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services and Feeders. For dwelling units, conductors, as listed below, shall be permitted to be utilized as 120/240V, 3-wire, single-phase service-entrance conductors, service lateral conductors and feeder conductors that serve as the main power feeder to a dwelling unit and are installed in raceway or cable with or without an equipment grounding conductor. For applications of this note, the feeder conductors to a dwelling unit shall not be required to be larger than its service-entrance conductors. The grounded conductor shall be permitted to be smaller than the ungrounded conductors, provided the requirements of Sections 215-2, 220-22 and 230-42 are met.
Conductor Types and Sizes RH-RHH-RHW-THHW-THW-THWN-THHN-XHHW-USE
8. Adjustment Factors.
(a) More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in a Raceway or Cable. Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampaci-ties shall be reduced as shown in the following table:
Where single conductors or multicon-ductor cables are stacked or bundled longer than 24 in. (610 mm) without maintaining spacing and are not installed in raceways, the allowable ampacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in the above table.
Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
Service or Feeder Rating in Amps
AWG43211/02/03/04/0
250 kcmil350 kcmil400 kcmil
AWG211/02/03/04/0
250 kcmil300 kcmil350 kcmil500 kcmil600 kcmil
100110125150175200225250300350400
Number of Current-Carrying Conductors
Percent of Values in Tables as Adjusted for Ambient Temperature if Necessary
4 – 67 – 9
10 – 2021 – 3031 – 4041 and above
807050454035
m
33-250
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersMotor Control Technical Data
Wire and Conduit Tables
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0268]
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 1996 NEC 1) — ContinuedTable 310-18. Allowable Ampacities of Three Single Insulated Conductors Rated 0 – 2000V, 150° – 250°C (302° – 482°F), in Raceway or Cable Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F)
Notes to Tables 310-16, 310-18 — Continued8. Adjustment Factors. (continued)
Exception No. 1Where conductors of different sys-tems, as provided in Section 300-3, are installed on a common raceway or cable, the derating factors shown shall apply to the number of power and lighting (Articles 210, 215, 220 and 230) conductors only.
Exception No. 2For conductors installed in cable trays, the provisions of Section 318-11 shall apply.
Exception No. 3Derating factors shall not apply to con-ductors in nipples having a length not exceeding 24 in. (610 mm).
Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13. Size
AWGkcmil
150°C(302°F)
200°C(392°F)
250°C(482°F)
150°C(302°F)
AWGkcmil
Type Z
Types FEP, FEPB, PFA
Types PFAH, TFE
Type Z
Copper Nickel or Nickel-Coated Copper
Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
1412108
34435576
36456083
39547393
—304457
1412108
64321
96120143160186
110125152171197
117148166191215
7594
109124145
64321
1/02/03/04/0
215251288332
229260297346
244273308361
169198227260
1/02/03/04/0
250300350400500
—————
—————
—————
—————
250300350400500
600700750800
————
————
————
————
600700750800
100015002000
———
———
———
———
100015002000
Correction FactorsAmbientTemp. °C
For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40°C (104°F), Multiply the Allowable Ampacities Shown Above By the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
Exception No. 4Derating factors shall not apply to underground conductors entering or leaving an outdoor trench if those con-ductors have physical protection in the form of rigid metal conduit, intermedi-ate metal conduit, or rigid nonmetallic conduit having a length not exceeding 10 ft. (3.05m) and the number of con-ductors does not exceed four.
Exception No. 5.For other loading conditions, adjust-ment factors and ampacities shall be permitted to be calculated under Section 310-15(b).
(FPN): See Appendix B, Table B-310-11, for adjustment factors for more than three current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable with load diversity.
(b) More Than One Conduit, Tube or Raceway. Spacing between con-duits, tubing or raceways shall be maintained.
9. Overcurrent Protection. Where the standard ratings and settings of overcurrent devices do not correspond with the ratings and settings allowed for conductors, the next higher standard rating and setting shall be permitted.
Exception: As limited in Section 240-3.
10. Neutral Conductor.
(a) A neutral conductor that carries only the unbalanced current from other conductors of the same circuit need not be counted when applying the provisions of Note 8.
(b) In a 3-wire circuit consisting of two phase wires and the neutral of a 4-wire, 3-phase wye-connected system, a com-mon conductor carries approximately the same current as the line-to-neutral load currents of the other conductors and shall be counted when applying the provisions of Note 8.
(c) On a 4-wire, 3-phase wye circuit where the major portion of the load consists of nonlinear loads, there are harmonic currents present in the neu-tral conductor, and the neutral shall be considered to be a current-carrying conductor.
11. Grounding or Bonding Conductor. A grounding or bonding conductor shall not be counted when applying the provisions of Note 8.
CA08102001E
CA08102001E For more
51
33-2NEMA Contactors & StartersMotor Control Technical Data Motor Rating Data
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0269]
33
Ampere Rating of AC and DC MotorsAmpere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given below.
Caution — These average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
1 380V 50 Hz.
hp Syn.SpeedRPM
Current in Amperes
200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 2200V
1/4 18001200900
1.091.611.84
.951.401.60
.55
.81
.93
.48
.70
.80
.38
.56
.64
———
1/3 18001200900
1.371.832.07
1.191.591.80
.69
.921.04
.60
.80
.90
.48
.64
.72
———
1/2 18001200900
1.982.472.74
1.722.152.38
.991.241.38
.861.081.19
.69
.86
.95
———
3/4 18001200900
2.833.363.75
2.462.923.26
1.421.691.88
1.231.461.63
.981.171.30
———
1 360018001200900
3.224.094.324.95
2.803.563.764.30
1.702.062.282.60
1.401.781.882.15
1.121.421.501.72
————
1-1/2 360018001200900
5.015.596.076.44
4.364.865.285.60
2.642.943.203.39
2.182.432.642.80
1.741.942.112.24
————
2 360018001200900
6.447.367.879.09
5.606.406.847.90
3.393.874.144.77
2.803.203.423.95
2.242.562.743.16
————
3 360018001200900
9.5910.811.713.1
8.349.40
10.211.4
5.025.706.206.90
4.174.705.125.70
3.343.764.104.55
————
5 360018001200900
15.516.618.218.3
13.514.415.815.9
8.208.749.599.60
6.767.217.917.92
5.415.786.326.33
————
7-1/2 360018001200900
22.424.725.126.5
19.521.521.823.0
11.813.013.213.9
9.7910.710.911.5
7.818.558.709.19
————
10 360018001200900
29.230.832.235.1
25.426.828.030.5
15.416.316.918.5
12.713.414.015.2
10.110.711.212.2
————
15 360018001200900
41.945.147.651.2
36.439.241.444.5
22.023.725.026.9
18.219.620.722.2
14.515.716.517.8
————
20 360018001200900
58.058.960.763.1
50.451.252.854.9
30.531.031.933.2
25.225.626.427.4
20.120.521.121.9
————
hp Syn.SpeedRPM
Current in Amperes
200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 2200V
25 360018001200900
69.974.575.477.4
60.864.865.667.3
36.839.239.640.7
30.432.432.833.7
24.325.926.227.0
————
30 360018001200900
84.886.990.694.1
73.775.678.881.8
44.445.747.649.5
36.837.839.440.9
29.430.231.532.7
————
40 360018001200900
111116117121
96.4101102105
58.261.061.263.2
48.250.450.652.2
38.540.340.441.7
————
50 360018001200900
138143145150
120124126130
72.975.276.278.5
60.162.263.065.0
48.249.750.452.0
————
60 360018001200900
164171173177
143140150154
86.890.091.093.1
71.774.575.077.0
57.359.460.061.5
————
75 360018001200900
206210212222
179183184193
108111112117
89.691.692.096.5
71.773.273.577.5
————
100 360018001200900
266271275290
231236239252
140144145153
115118120126
92.294.895.6
101
—23.624.224.8
125 360018001200900
————
292293298305
176177180186
146147149153
116117119122
—29.229.930.9
150 360018001200900
————
343348350365
208210210211
171174174183
137139139146
—34.835.537.0
200 360018001200900
————
452458460482
257265266279
226229230241
181184184193
—46.747.049.4
250 360018001200900
————
559568573600
338343345347
279284287300
223227229240
—57.558.560.5
300 18001200
——
678684
392395
339342
271274
69.070.0
400 1800 — 896 518 448 358 91.8
500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 116
information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
33-252
33
NEMA Contactors & StartersMotor Control Technical Data
Motor Rating Data
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com
January 2003Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0270]
Single-Phase AC Motors
Table 430-148. Full-Load Currents in Amperes, Single-Phase Alternating-Current MotorsThe following values of full-load currents are for motors running at usual speeds and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for especially low speeds or high torques may have higher full-load currents and multispeed motors will have full-load current varying with speed, in which case the nameplate current ratings shall be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
Three-Phase AC MotorsThe following values of full-load currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics.
Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM or less) or high torques may require more running current and multispeed motors will have full-load current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600V.
hp 115V 200V 208V 230V
1/61/41/31/23/4
4.45.87.29.8
13.8
2.53.34.15.67.9
2.43.24.05.47.6
2.22.93.64.96.9
11-1/223
16202434
9.211.513.819.6
8.81113.218.7
8101217
57-1/2
10
5680
100
32.24657.5
30.84455
284050
DC Motors
Table 430-147. Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current MotorsThe following values of full-load cur-rents are for motors running at base speed.
Note: These are average direct-current quantities.
2 These are average direct-current quantities.
Table 430-150. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
1 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.
hp Armature Voltage Rating 2
Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors
RecommendedValues
120V 240V 120V 240V
1/41/31/2
3.14.15.4
1.62.02.7
557
333
3/411-1/223
7.69.5
13.21725
3.84.76.68.5
12.2
1015202530
57
101215
57-1/2
101520
405876——
2029385572
5080
100——
25405075
100
2530405060
—————
89106140173206
—————
125150200250275
75100125150200
—————
255341425506675
—————
350500600——
hp Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes